Home

Fisher FIELDVUEt DVC6000 SIS Series Digital

1. LCP100 SWITCH TO PROPER POSITION ACCORDING TO LABEL AUX E 3 LOGIC SOLVER lt 1 Soya OUTPUT 4 8 F LOOP CASE GROUND Ss S 5 8 20 mA vt 3 T ma a 9 1 ESSI Be USER SUPPLIED 2 5 CAP MZ 22 E 6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX Se POWERED BY THE LOOP CONSUMES APPROXIMATELY 4 mA GE26881 B Sheet 2 1084 1 Figure 2 31 Wiring for 8 20 mA Loop Powered C I gt THE LOGIC SOLVER MINIMUM OUTPUT MUST BE AT LEAST 8 mA THE LCP100 WHEN onfiguration Logic Solver Wired to the Fisher LCP 100 then the FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Wiring connections must be in accordance with local regional and national codes for any given hazardous area approval Failure to follow the local regional and national codes could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion Electrical connections are shown in figures 2 31 2 32 and 2 30 There are two different ways to power the December 2008 SHIELD NOT CONNECTED 1 100 1 100 Method one requires an external 24 VDC source to power the LCP 100 Method two uses loop power wiring in series In method one shown in figure 2 30 signal wiring is brought to the enclosure through a 3 4 NPT or M20 ho
2. 20086 fe APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 gt SEE FIGURE 8 5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B9596 K SHT 3 DOC Figure 8 2 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly continued December 2008 DVC6000 SIS OUTPUTA 27 SUPPLY 41 48 OUTPUT B 7727771 23 39 54 TE 2 237 169 2 SECTION C C SECTION D D 41 APPLY LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK NOTES 1 SEE FIGURE 8 5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B9597 K SHT 1 6 2 DOC Figure 8 3 FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly 8 10 December 2008 Parts 36 63 4 34 50 33 3
3. KEY 117 MOUNTING BRACKET 74 BIAS SPRING B d 5 SCREW HEX HEAD MOUNTING CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET ADAPTER KEY 116 g 2 KEY 92 jj 5 o gt Z7 ARM ASSEMBLY PIN O o o ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 g FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY FEEDBACK ARM KEY 84 TORSION SPRING 7024 2 IL KEY 93 Figure 5 4 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a Fisher 1052 S ize 33 Actuator within the tolerances listed in table 5 2 Paintthe screw to discourage tampering with the connection e Note 8 Disconnect the Field Communicator and current source from the instrument In the next step be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush 9 Apply lubricant key 63 to the pin portion of the with the end of the travel sensor shaft arm assembly key 91 10 Replace the mounting bracket on the back of the instrument and reconnect the bias spring between the 7 While observing the travel sensor counts tighten and the arm assembly on the the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the travel sensor counts remain 11 Install the digital valve controller on the actuator December 2008 5 9 DVC6000 SIS Analog Input Calibration 1 3 2 3 Note Analog Input Calibration is only available in 4 wire systems point to point operation
4. Dati es C 5 ATEX Nameplates Intrinsic Safety Dust Tight C 6 ATEX Nameplates Flameproof Dust Tight C 7 ATEX Nameplates n C 8 Nameplates i addere a Gait i C 9 NEPSI Nameplates raene e v er qe pe see os beak C 9 December 2008 C 1 DVC6000 SIS This section includes loop schematics required for wiring of intrinsically safe installations It also contains the approvals nameplates If you have any questions contact your Emerson Process Management sales office HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS A B C D CLASS Il DIV 1 GROUPS E F G CLASS DVC6010 DVC6020 DVC6030 DCV6010S DVC6020S DVC6030S Vmax 30 VDC Imax 226 mA CSA APPROVED BARRIER C 5nF SEE NOTE 4 Li 0 55 mH NOTES 1 BARRIERS MUST BE CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS SEE NOTE 3 AND ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER S LS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2 EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE CEC PART 1 3 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST BE CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER
5. VENT ADAPTOR SPACER 29B1665 B DOC SECTION A A Figure 2 4 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Long Stroke Sliding S tem Actuator Note All cams supplied with FIELDVUE mounting kits are characterized to provide a linear response Note Do not use the stainless steel DVC6020S SIS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs spacers to mount to the actuator 8 Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut 9 Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking Tighten the flanged hex nut 10 Remove the alignment pin key 46 and store it in the module base next to the I P assembly 11 After calibrating the instrument attach the shield with two machine screws DVC6020 SIS on Long Stroke 4 to 24 Inch Travel Sliding Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuators DVC6020 SIS digital valve controllers use a cam designed for linear response and roller as the feedback mechanism Figure 2 4 shows an example of If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will
6. A Off e NN A e S 1 SECTION C C 2 TTA N D SECTION D D 237 SECTION E E APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 gt SEE FIGURE 8 5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B7710K SHT 1 amp 2 DOC Figure 8 1 FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly December 2008 8 7 DVC6000 SIS 36 11 E ES M 1 t 22222772224 r d NN A 2 24 W A A 1 EN iG 9 ic 64 TN 2222377 X OQ OD V Wats m E um E MRSS SEY M j LI CN a Q N j CORN 7 1 2 11554 0 5 NS 5 SECTION 8 588888 886 A 8 SECTION J 4 BN SS VAN V 23722 ce EY 7 b SECTION C C SECTION D D SECTION E E APPLY LUB SEALANT 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 8B9596 K ILSHT 1 amp 2 DOC Figure 8 2 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly 8 8 December 2008 Parts
7. 7 7 Replacing the Pneumatic Relay 7 7 Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves 7 7 Terminal Box Removing the Terminal 7 8 Replacing the Terminal BOX 7 8 Travel Sensor Disassembly DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit 510 7 9 DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 9 DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 9 Assembly DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit 51 7 10 DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary AA DER UK ER 7 11 DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 13 Instrument Troubleshooting 7 14 Checking Voltage Available 7 14 December 2008 7 1 DVC6000 SIS The DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and IP 66 therefore periodic cleaning
8. Figure 4 9 Time Series Plots of Travel Set Point Travel Error and Actuator Pressure for a Typical Emergency Shutdown Valve Manual SIS Partial Stroke Parameter Configuration Note In order to manually set the partial stroke pressure limit with the correct value you must be able to run a valve signature test using AMS ValveLink Software see figure 4 9 It is then possible to set the partial stroke pressure limit with the Field Communicator using the information generated by the valve signature test Thresholds for detecting a stuck valve are automatically configured when the Setup Wizard or Partial Stroke Calibration routines are run However 4 24 Table 4 10 Values for Disabling Partial Stroke Pressure Limit Partial Zero Partial Stroke gend Relay Type Power Stroke Pressure Condition StartPoint Limit Disabled Open 0 0 closed Closed Psupply 55 Psupply Single Open Closed 0 0 Acting Open Psupply closed Closed 0 0 B Open 0 0 Open Closed Psupply Open P supply Double x closed Closed Psupply Acting Open P supply open Closed P supply December 2008 thresholds can also be configured manually To manually configure thresholds disable the travel deviation alert by setting Travel Dev Alert Ptto 12596 1 2 3 4 4 2 Also disable end point pressure control 1 2 2 2 2 1 and disable the partial stroke pressure limit 1 2 7 2 by setting th
9. 24VDC HE F N 3 8 5 8 T CASE GROUND 24 __ S 88 aux T 6 1 6 Loot Q O 1 1 ms t i DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX 2 I er ms SHIELD NOT CONNECTED TO LCP100 24VDC SOURCE USER SUPPLIED SIMPLE METHOD FOR INSTALLING AN LCP100 TO AN EXISTING DVC6000 SIS INSTRUMENT WHEN 24 VDC POWER IS AVAILABLE NOTE DO NOT CONNECT THE LOOP TERMINAL IN THE LCP100 TO THE LOOP TERMINAL IN THE DVC6000 SIS THIS WILL CAUSE THE LCP100 TO UNNECESSARILY CONSUME 4 mA AT THE EXPENSE OF THE DVC6000 SIS 115 THIS CONNECTION IS ALSO LABELED LOOP GE26881 B Sheet 3 2 2 Figure 2 30 Wiring for 24 VDC External Power Configuration LCP100 Local Control Panel Installation The Fisher LCP 100 Local Control Panel has four 4 mounting holes for on site mounting of the device The LCP 100 must be installed so that the wiring connections are on the bottom to prevent accumulation of moisture inside the box 2 32 Electrical Connections Select wiring and or cable glands that are rated for the environment of use such as hazardous location ingress protection and temperature Failure to use properly rated wiring and or cable glands can result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion December 2008 Installation LOOP POWERED LOGIC SOLVER WIRED TO LCP100 FIRST
10. Ex iaD 20 100 Tamb 95 C Pj210mW 6 80 ExiaD 20 T85 C Tamb lt 80 amp I2GD Gas iouis T4 T5 T6 Flameproof T4 Tamp x 125 IP66 1 2 3 ExtD A21 IP66 T130 C Tamb 125 C 5 S 95 Ex tD A21 IP66 T100 C Tamb 95 6 amp 80 Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb x 80 C amp 13GD Gas 5 T4 T5 T6 Type n T4 Tamp x 125 C NS IP66 Ex tD A22 IP66 T130 C Tamb 125 C 5 amp 95 Ex tD A22 IP66 100 Tamb lt 95 6 80 ExtD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb x 80 December 2008 1 9 DVC6000 SIS Table 1 7 Hazardous Area Classifications IECEx Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code pk Gas Uj 230 VDC Ex ia T5 T6 Intrinsic S afe lj 2 226 mA gt 3 Ci 5 nF 80753 66 Lj 20 55 mH T6 Tamb lt 75 DVC60x0 Pi 1 4W DVC60x0S Gas 212 3 21 5 16 555 5 amp 80 66 T6 Tamb lt 75 Gas MES T5 Tamp lt 80 IP66 ExnC T5 T6 Typen T6 75 Gas Uj 230 VDC 29 6 VDC Ex ia T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety lj 2226 mA lg 23 5 mA 7 5 nF Co 3 6 uF T5 Tamb 80 IP66 Lj 20 55 mH Lo 2100 mH T6 Tamb lt 75 Pjzl4W 28 4 mW DVC6005 Gas 8 Ex d
11. 29B3520 A Figure C 2 CSA Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Digital Valve Controllers 2 December 2008 Loop Schematics Nameplate CL DIV 2 GP ABCD 6 7 1 5 Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE SECURITE INTRINSEQUE m 80 CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 29 3428 T5 MAR Mt ke WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY dE IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AVERTISSEMENT LA 1 2 i SUBSTITUTION DE COMPOSANTS PEUT CAUTION KEER COVER TIGHT WHILE COMPROMETTRE LA SECURITE INTRINSEQUE D O CIRCUITS ALIVE ATTENTION GARDER Type SEAL NOT REQUIRED LE COUVERCLE BIEN FERME TANT QUE REFER MANUAL FOR MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE LES CIRCUITS SONT SOUS TENSION 5 e SERIAL INPUT NO DC DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S SIS DVC6030S SIS CL DIV 1 GP CD T6 CL I DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 30C0382 MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC Ex INTRINSICALLY SAFE SECURITE INTRINSEQUE AMB TEMP 40 60 CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 29B3520 T6 CL I DIV 12 GP EFG T6 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY CAUTION KEEP COVER TIGHT IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AVERTISSEMENT LA WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE SUBSTITUTION DE COMPOSANTS PEUT fa 7 HART OTT ATTENTION GARDER LE COUVERC
12. 3m I P converter ass y nozzle may have been adjusted Verify drive signal 55 to 8096 for double acting 60 to 8596 for single acting with the valve off the stops Replace I P converter ass y if drive signal is continuously high or low 3n Defective module base seal 3n Check module base seal for condition and position If necessary replace seal 3p Defective relay 3p Depress relay beam at adjustment location in shroud look for increase in output pressure Remove relay inspect relay seal Replace relay seal or relay if I P converter ass y good and air passages not blocked Check relay adjustment 3q Defective 67CFR regulator supply pressure gauge jumps around 3q Replace 67CFR regulator 4 ValveLink diagnostic tests provide erroneous results 4a Bentor defective pressure sensor 4a Replace PWB 4b Pressure sensor O ring missing 4b Replace O ring 5 Field Communicator does notturn on 5a Battery pack not charged 5a Charge battery pack Note Battery pack can be charged while attached to the Field communicator or separately The 375 Field Communicator is fully operable while the battery pack is charging Do not attempt to charge the battery pack in a hazardous area 7 16 December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting DVC6000 SIS Troubleshooting Checklist If not describe 3 Measure the voltage across the Loop and Loop terminal box scre
13. COMMUNICATION INSTRUMENT N TERMINALS TOP SCRATCH IrDA 2 PAD TOP NON STYLUS TOUCH SCREENS BACK DISPLAY OPTIONAL EXPANSION PORT SIDE 2 Analog In 3 Travel 4 Valve SP _ ENTER KEY NAVIGATION KEYS FOUR ARROW KEYS FUNCTION KEY TAB KEY ALPHANUMERIC KEYS POWER SUPPLY CHARGER CONNECTION SIDE ON OFF KEY 7 BACKLIGHT ADJ USTMENT KEY MULTIFUNCTION Figure B 1 375 Field Communicator Note The 375 Field Communicator device description revision DD determines how the Field Communicator interfaces with the instrument For information on displaying the device description revision see page B 5 This section discusses the display keypad and menu structure for the Field Communicator shown in figure B 1 It includes information for displaying the Field Communicator device description revision number For information on connecting the Field Communicator to the instrument see the Installation section For more information on the Field Communicator such as specifications and servicing see the User s Manual for the Field Communicator 00375 0047 0001 included with the Field Communicator This manual also is available from Rosemount Inc Measurement Division B 2 Display The Field Communicator communicates information to you through a 1 4 VGA 240 by 320 pixels monochrome touch screen It has a viewing area o
14. The base unit DVC6005 SIS was designed to work with a 40 kOhm potentiometer for travel feedback However there are linear potentiometers that are readily available with a rated resistance of 10 kOhm Therefore the feedback terminal box of the DVC6005 SIS contains an additional 30 kOhm fixed resistor that may be added to the circuit This brings the total resistance up to the required 40 kOhm 1 1 3RD PARTY FEEDBACK ELEMENT WITH 10k POTENTIOMETER BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX DVC6005 SIS Figure 2 21 Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unitand a 10k Ohm External P otentiometer 1 Mountthe external 10 kOhm potentiometer to the actuator such that the mid travel position of the potentiometer 5 kOhm corresponds to the mid travel position of the actuator This will leave an equal amount of unused resistive element on both ends of the travel which is required by the digital valve controller to function properly 2 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap see figure 2 16 3 If necessary install conduit between the potentiometer and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes Route the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units refer to figure 2 21 4 Connect wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the Terminal labeled 30kO on the base unit and one end lead of the potentiometer 5 Connectthe second wire of
15. Travel Set Point shows the requested valve position in 96 of ranged travel Travel 3 3 Travel shows the value of the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller travel in percent of ranged travel Travel always represents how far the valve is open Drive Signal 3 4 Drive Signal shows the value of the instrument drive signal in 96 percent of maximum drive Pressures 3 5 Shows the value of the instrument supply and output pressures in psi bar kPa or kg cm Also shows the output pressure differential To display pressures may require selecting the variable a detail display of that variable with its values will appear e Pressure A Pressure A shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi bar kPa or kg cm e Pressure B Pressure B shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi bar kPa or kg cm e Pressure Diff P ressure Differential shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi bar kPa or kg cm e Supply Pressure Supply Pressure displays the instrument supply pressure in psi bar kPa or kg cm December 2008 Variables 3 6 The Variables menu is available to view additional variables including Aux Input Auxiliary Input Temperature Temp Max Maximum Temperature Temp Min Minimum Temperature Cycle Count Tvl Accum Travel Accumulator Raw Tvl Input Raw Travel Input Run Time and Num of Power Ups Number of Power Ups To view one of these variables from
16. 3 Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft and remove the feedback arm from the travel sensor shaft If disassembling a DVC6030 SIS digital valve controller use step 4a If disassembling a DVC6035 remote feedback unit use step 4b 4 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminal 5 From within the housing unscrew the travel sensor assembly key 223 from the housing 7 9 DVC6000 SIS Assembly Note If the feedback arm key 79 or feedback arm assembly key 84 is removed from the digital valve controller the travel sensor key 77 must be recalibrated DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 1 for DVC6010 SIS and 8 6 for DVC6015 key number locations 1 Insertthe travel sensor assembly key 223 into the housing key 1 Secure the travel sensor assembly with screw key 72 If assembling a DVC6010 digital valve controller use step 2a If assembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit use step 2b 2 a Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals Note For the DVC6015 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly key 223 wires to the terminals as follows re
17. J Alignment Pin key 46 Feedback Arm key 79 Travel Sensor Shaft HL La A7023 IL Figure 5 2 FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller S howing Feedback Arm in Position for Travel Sensor Adjustment Travel Sensor Adjust 1 3 2 2 The travel sensor is normally adjusted atthe factory and should not require adjustment However if the travel sensor has been replaced adjust the travel sensor by performing the appropriate procedure See the Maintenance section for travel sensor replacement procedures DVC6010 SIS DVC6015 DVC6030 SIS and DVC6035 Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts 1 Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator 2 As shown in figure 5 2 align the feedback arm key 79 with the housing by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing 5 7 DVC6000 SIS BACK EDGE OF ARM PARALLEL W BACK OF HOUSING ARM ASSEMBLY a ARM ASSEMBLY gt TRAVEL ke SENSOR BACK OF HOUSING 221 5 A7025 IL NE Figure 5 3 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Travel Sensor Arm Housing Back Plane Alignment Table 5 2 Travel Sensor Count
18. Travel Set Point is the input to the characterization function e Tvl Alt DB Travel Alert Deadband is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to Clear a travel alert once it has been set The deadband applies to both Travel Alert Hi Lo and Travel Alert Hi Hi Lo Lo See figure 4 2 Travel Deviation Alert 1 2 3 4 4 If the difference between the travel target and the actual target exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is set It remains set until the difference between the travel target and the actual travel is less than the Travel Deviation Alert P oint minus the Travel Alert Deadband e Tvl Dev Alrt Enab Travel Deviation Alert Enable select Yes or No When enabled checks the difference between the travel target and the actual travel Tvi Dev Alrt Pt Travel Deviation Alert Point is the alert point for the difference expressed in percent 96 between the travel target and the actual travel When the difference exceeds the alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is set Default value is 590 Tvl Dev Time Travel Deviation Time is the time in seconds that the travel deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the alert is set Default value is 10 seconds Travel Limit Alerts 1 2 3 4 5 Travel Alert Hi Hi is set if the ranged travel rises above the alert high poin
19. 4 12 Travel P ressure Cutoff Hi Travel P ressure Cutoff Lo End Point Pressure 4 13 End Point Control Enable PST Start Point Pressure Set Point Pressure Sat Time December 2008 4 1 DVC6000 SIS 4 2 Input 6 uem rettet ee Te cea ce d etat e Define Custom Dynamic Response eae rev TER cR ed SP Rate Open SP Rate Close Lag Time Alerts hun dea th Riad dal Electronic Alerts ach anda E Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable Drive Signal Processor Impaired Alerts Offline F ailed Alert Enable Power Starvation Alert Enable Non Critical NVM Alert Enable Critical Shutdown Flash ROM Shutdown No Free Time Shutdown Reference Voltage Shutdown SENSOR AICS 522 x Travel Sensor Shutdown Temperature Sensor Shutdown Pressure Sensor Shutdown Environmental Alerts Aux Terminal Alert Auxiliary Terminal Alert Enable Auxiliary Input Auxiliary Terminal Mode Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Travel Alerte E Travel Travel Set Point Travel Alert Dead Band Travel Deviation
20. 46 60 70 76 amp parag 80 100 M 30 H 34 40 Spring amp 667 45 50 Et Ms m L SStem Standard Counterclockwise Clockwise 46 60 70 76 amp parag Fisher 80 100 M 20 30 H 33 Spring amp 1051 6 1052 40 Diaphragm K Rotary Clockwise Counterclockwise 60 70 M a Depends upon pneumatic connections 1061 t wis Rotary See description for Travel Sensor 68 80 100 130 M Monon Depends upon pneumatic connections 1066 20 27 75 w o Specify Rotary See description for Travel Sensor pring Motion 20 G Depends upon mounting style see 106658 27 75 Piston 501 w S pring Rotary actuator instruction manual and table 4 5 Table 4 5 Travel Sensor Motion Selections for the Table 4 6 Gain Values for P reselected Pressure Tuning Sets FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS on 106658 Actuators Pr ssure Brecsure Travel Sensor Motion Tuning P Integrator Minor Loop Mounting Style set roportional Gain Feedback Gain Relay A or C Relay B B 0 5 0 3 35 A Clockwise Counterclockwise C 22 01 35 B Counterclockwise Clockwise D 24 0 1 35 C Counterclockwise Clockwise E 2 8 0 1 35 D Clockwise Counterclockwise F 3 1 0 1 35 G 3 6 0 1 34 H 4 2 0 1 31 4 8 0 1 27 Press Prop Gain Pressure Proportional Gain is 23 the proportional gain for the pressure control tuning K 66 01 18 set Changing this parameter will also change the L 7 8 0 1 12 tuning set to Expert M 9 0 0 12 mom User Adjusted User Adjusted User
21. 5 Observe that the red light goes off the valve moves to its normal operating position and the green light comes on solid Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring The following steps assume the use of a single acting actuator with a solenoid valve installed The DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller with single acting direct relay C must be powered separately from the solenoid The unused output of the DVC6000 SIS must be connected between the solenoid and the actuator as described in the Installation section The relay configuration selection must be special application and ValveLink Software must have the triggered profile enabled 1 When allowed by the Logic Solver momentarily remove and then restore power to the solenoid December 2008 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics typically 100 to 200 milliseconds This process should occur quickly enough that the valve assembly does not move when the solenoid is de energized 2 With ValveLink Software upload the diagnostic data from the triggered profile menu 3 Examine the graph and observe thatthere was a change in the pressure reading downstream of the solenoid Device Variables The following menus are available to define and or view information about the instrument From the Online menu select Device Variables Analog In 3 1 Analog Input shows the value of the instrument analog input in mA milliamperes or 95 percent of ranged input Tvl Set Pt 3 2
22. 5 10 Relay B 5 11 Relay C 5 11 Relay Type 4 21 Remote Travel Sensor Connections 2 20 Using a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer as 2 22 Using a Two Resistor Series as 2 22 Using the DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 Feedback unit as 2 21 reset 4 11 Restart Control Mode 4 5 Revision Information DVC6000 Device 6 10 Hardware 6 10 HART Universal 6 10 DVC6000 SIS Firmware 6 10 December 2008 Index Field Communicator Device Description B 6 Run Time Displaying Status 6 10 S Safety Instrumented S ystem Installation 2 27 2 Wire S ystem 2 28 4 Wire S ystem 2 27 LCP 100 Local Control Panel Installation 2 32 Serial Number Instrument 4 20 Valve 4 20 4 22 Set Point Rate Close 4 14 Set Point Rate Open 4 14 Setup Wizard 3 3 D Actuators Output Connections SIS Pressure Mode Enable 4 13 Valve Stuck Alert 4 25 SIS Alerts 4 18 SIS Panel Comm Error 6 4 Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring 2 18 6 8 special application 2 18 Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations in Hazardous Locations 2 3 ATEX Flameproof Dust 2 3 ATEX Intrinsic Safety Dust 2 3 ATEX Type n Dust 2 3 CSA 2 3 FM 2 3 IECEx Intrinsic Safety Type n Flameproof 2 4 INMETRO 2 4 NEPSI 2 4 Specifications DVC6000 Series 1 3 Bi Stabilize O ptimize 4 7 Status 4 19 Calibration amp Diagnostics 4 19 Instrument Time 4 19 Integrator 4 19 Operational 4 19 Steady State Air Cons
23. 8 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 0 4 mA 0 04 mA and 0 004 mA respectively Adjustthe displayed value until it matches the current source select Done and go to step 9 9 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the analog input displayed matches the current source Relay Adjustment 1 3 3 Before beginning travel calibration check the relay adjustment To check relay adjustment select Relay Adjust from the Calibrate menu then follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display Replace the digital valve controller cover when finished Note Relay B and C are not user adjustable Double Acting Relay The double acting relay is designated by Relay A on a label affixed to the relay itself For double acting actuators the valve must be near mid travel to properly adjust the relay The Field Communicator will automatically position the valve when Relay Adjust is selected Rotate the adjustment disc shown in figure 5 5 until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is between 50 and 7096 of supply pressure This adjustment is very sensitive Be sure to allow the pressure reading to stabilize before making another adjustment stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single acting direct appl
24. 9 Remove the alignment pin and store it in the instrument housing 10 Install the digital valve controller on the actuator DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025 Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts 1 Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator 2 See figure 5 4 for parts identification Disconnect the bias spring key 82 from the feedback arm assembly key 84 and the arm assembly key 91 Remove the mounting bracket key 74 from the back of the digital controller Hold the arm assembly key 91 so thatthe arm assembly points toward the terminal box and the arm is parallel to the back of the housing as shown in figure 5 3 3 Loosen the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 4 Connect a current source to the instrument LOOP and LOOP terminals Set the current source to any value between 4 and 20 mA Connect the Field Communicator to the TALK terminals 5 Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment set the instrument mode to Out Of Service and the protection to None 6 From the Calibrate menu select Sensor Calibration and Tvl Sensor Adjust Travel Sensor Adjust Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5 2 December 2008 Calibration
25. ARTICLE 504 AND ANSI ISA 12 6 2 CLASS DIV 2 APPLICATIONS MUST BE INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 501 4 B EQUIPMENT AND FIELD WIRING IS NON INCENDIVE WHEN CONNECTED TO APPROVED BARRIERS WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms RESISTANCE BETWEEN BARRIER GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUST BE LESS THAN ONE OHM 6 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST BE FM APPROVED AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER S CONTROL DRAWING 7 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 MAY BE CONNECTED TO OVC6005 OR OTHER FM APPROVED EQUIPMENT WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET Vmax Voc gt Isc Ci Ccable Ca Li Lcable La 8 FOR ENTITY INSTALLATION LS AND NJ Vmax gt Voc or Vt Ci Ccable lt Ca gt Isc or It Li Leable lt La Pi gt Po or Pt 29B3521 A Figure 5 FM Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Digital Valve Controllers C 4 December 2008 TO 80 MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC NEMA 4X FACTORY SEALED USE FIELD WIRING SUITABLE FOR Loop Schematics Nameplate XP CL DIV 1 GP BCD 6 DI CL Il DIV 1 GP EFG 6 S CL Il DIV 2 GP FG 6 CAUTION KEEP COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE HARTA nn NI CL 1 DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 commnicarions 1 IS CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 29B3427 5
26. DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS C 4 DVC6005 SIS C 4 Nameplates C 5 Special Conditions of Safe Use 2 3 follower arm extension 2 8 Free Time Self Test Failure enabling to cause instrument shutdown 4 15 G Gauges Tire Valves amp Pipe Plugs Parts List 8 5 Replacing 7 7 H Hardware R evision 6 10 HART Communication Principle of Operation A 2 HART Tag 4 20 Hazardous Area Approvals 1 5 2 3 Hot Key Field Communicator B 4 Humidity Limits 1 5 I P Converter Parts List 8 4 Removing 7 5 Replacing 7 5 Replacing F ilter 7 5 IEC 61010 Compliance Requirements 1 5 IEC 61326 1 Edition 1 1 1 4 December 2008 Index IECEx Conditions of Certification 2 4 Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 10 Nameplates C 9 Independent Linearity 1 4 Initial Setup 3 2 INMETRO Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 10 Special Conditions of Safe Use 2 4 Input Characterization 4 13 Input Range 4 21 Input Signal Multi drop 1 4 Point to P oint 1 4 Installation 2 Wire System 2 28 4 Wire System 2 27 LCP 100 Local Control Panel 2 32 Instrument Clock Setting 4 19 Instrument Date and Time 4 21 Instrument Level 6 10 Instrument Mode 3 2 4 4 Instrument S erial Number 4 20 Instrument Status 6 4 Viewing 6 4 Integral Action Enable Integral Settings 4 7 Integral Dead Zone 4 19 Integral Limit 4 7 Integral Settings 4 7 Internal Temperature Displaying Value 6 9 ISA Standard 7 0
27. Filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight w w or volume v v basis Condensation in the air supply should be minimized Steady State Air Consumption 5 Low Bleed Relay At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure Average value 0 056 normal m hr 2 1 scfh At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure Average value 0 184 normal m hr 6 9 scfh The low bleed relay is the standard relay for DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers used for On Off applications Performance may be affected in throttling applications Maximum Output Capacity At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure 10 0 normal m hr 375 At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure 29 5 normal m3 hr 1100 scfh Independent Linearity 0 50 of output span Electromagnetic Interference EMI Tested per IEC 61326 1 Edition 1 1 Complies with European EMC Directive Meets emission levels for Class A equipment industrial locations and Class B equipment domestic locations Meets immunity requirements for industrial locations Table A 1 in the IEC specification document Immunity performance is shown in table 1 3 Lightning and Surge Protection The degree of immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity in table 1 3 For additional surge protection commercially available transient protection devices can be used continued 1 4 December 2008 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 2
28. Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve e Vent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media CAUTION When replacing components use only components specified by the factory Always use proper component replacement techniques as presented in this manual Improper techniques or component selection may invalidate the approvals and the product specifications as indicated in table 1 2 It may also impair operations and the intended function of the device Note If the feedback arm key 79 or feedback arm assembly key 84 is removed from the digital valve controller the travel sensor key 77 must be recalibrated December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Note In the event of a power failure the DVC6000 SIS automatically restores the device to In Service upon restoration of power This is to provide greater availability of the safety function If power is inadvertently interrupted while performing set up or maintenance you may need to return the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if the interrupted task requires that mode of operation Table 7 1 Tools Required Tool Size Component Phillips Screwdriver Rel
29. To calibrate the analog input sensor connect a variable current source to the instrument LOOP and LOOP terminals The current source should be capable of generating an output of 4 to 20 mA From the Configure Setup menu select Calibrate Sensor Calibration and Analog In Calib Analog Input Calibration Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the analog input sensor 1 Setthe current source to the target value shown on the display The target value is the Input Range Low value Press OK 2 The following message appears Use Increase and Decrease selections until the displayed current matches the current source Press OK when you have read this message 3 The value of the Analog Input appears on the display 4 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 0 4 mA 0 04 mA and 0 004 mA respectively Adjustthe displayed value until it matches the current source select Done and go to step 5 5 Setthe current source to the target value shown on the display The target value is the Input Range High value Press OK 6 The following message appears Use Increase and Decrease selections until the displayed current matches the current source 5 10 Press OK when you have read this message 7 The value of the Analog Input appears on the display
30. or kg cm 2 Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure After entering the maximum instrument supply pressure the Setup Wizard prompts you for actuator information December 2008 Basic Setup 3 Enter the partial stroke test start point 4 Indicate if the DVC6000 SIS is connected to an LCP 100 5 Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted If the actuator manufacturer is not listed select Other 6 Enter the actuator model or type If the actuator model is not listed select Other 7 Enter the actuator size 8 Enterthe Relay Type 9 Select whether the valve is open or closed under the zero power condition if prompted Note When completing steps 3 through 9 refer to table 3 1 for possible configurations for a digital valve controller operated by a 4 20 mA input current point to point mode and table 3 2 for possible configurations for a digital valve controller operated by a 0 24 VDC power supply multi drop mode If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when the Field Communicator is determining the travel sensor motion the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process 10 Indicate if a volume booster or quick release is present 3 3 DVC6000 SIS Table 3 1 Pos
31. 0 to 4 billion cycles Cycle Counter Deadband Region around the travel reference point in percent of ranged travel established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter The deadband must be exceeded before a change in travel can be counted as a cycle Valid entries are 096 to 10096 Typical value is between 296 and 596 Deviation Usually the difference between set point and process variable More generally any departure from a desired or expected value or pattern Device ID Unique identifier embedded in the instrument at the factory Glossary 2 Device Revision Revision number of the interface software that permits communication between the Field Communicator and the instrument Drive Signal The signal to the I P converter from the printed wiring board It is the percentage of the total microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve fully open Drive Signal Alert Checks the drive signal and calibrated travel If one of the following conditions exists for more than 20 seconds the Drive Signal Alert is active If none of the conditions exist the alert is cleared If Zero Power Condition Closed The alert is active when drive signal 1096 and calibrated travel gt 3 drive signal 29096 and calibrated travel 9796 If Zero Power Condition Open The alert is active when drive signal 1096 and calibrated travel 9796 drive signal gt 90 and calibrated travel gt 3 DVC Power Up Defines the power up behavio
32. 1 2 9 8 Pressure Integral Gain 1 2 2 1 3 3 8 B ar 3 6 6 6 H Pressure MLFB Gain 1 2 2 1 3 1 3 10 ravel Aceumilator 1 2 3 5 3 2 10 F Pressure Proportional Gain 1 2 2 1 3 1 2 10 B Travel Accumulator Alert E nable 1 2 3 5 3 1 10 F Pressure Saturation Time 1 2 2 2 2 4 8 C Travel Accumulator Alert P oint 1 2 3 5 3 3 10 F Pressure Sensor Shutdown 1 2 3 2 3 9 D Travel Alert Dead Band 1 2 3 4 3 10 E Pressure Sensors Calibration 1 3 2 1 4 E Travel Alert Hi Enable 1 2 3 4 6 1 10 E Pressure Set Point 1 2 2 2 2 3 8 C Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable 1 2 3 4 5 1 12 D Pressure Tuning Set 1 2 2 1 3 1 1 10 B Travel Alert Hi Hi Point 1 2 3 4 5 3 12 D Pressure Units 1 2 5 2 1 6 G Travel Alert Hi Point 1 2 3 4 6 3 12 E no Hot Key 3 1 A Travel Alert Lo Enable 1 2 3 4 6 2 12 E 1 2 1 5 4 B Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable 1 2 3 4 5 2 12 D PST Calibration 1 3 5 3 E Travel Alert Lo Lo Point 1 2 3 4 5 4 12 D Raw Travel Input 3 6 7 5 H Travel Alert Lo Point 1 2 3 4 6 4 12 E Reference Voltage Shutdown 1 2 3 1 3 7 11 C Travel Deviation Alert Enable 1 2 3 4 4 1 12 D Relay Adjust 1 3 3 3 E Travel Deviation Alert Point 1 2 3 4 4 2 12 D Relay Type 1 2 5 4 5 F Travel Deviation Time 1 2 3 4 4 3 12 D Restart Control Mode 1 2 1 3 4 Travel Integral Control Enable 1 2 2 1 1 2 8 A Restore Factory Settings 1 3 4 3 E Travel Integral Gain 1 2 2 1 1 3 8 A 2 3 3 4 F Travel Limit Cutoff Hi Alert Enable 1 2 3 4 7 1 12 E 3 6 8 5 Travel Limit Cutoff Lo Alert Enable 1234 72 12 E Set Point Ra
33. 1 Nem 10 1 Ibfein 5 Setthe DIP switch on the PWB assembly according to table 7 2 Note For the digital valve controller to operate with a 4 20 mA control signal the DIP switch must be in the point to point loop position as shown in table 7 2 For the digital valve controller to operate with a 24 VDC voltage control signal the DIP switch must be in the multi drop loop position as shown in table 7 2 6 Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure 7 Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller Pneumatic Relay Refer to figures 8 1 through 8 4 for key number locations The pneumatic relay key 24 is located on the front of the module base Note After relay submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Removing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Loosen the four screws that attach the relay key 24 to the module base These screws are captive in the relay 2 Remove the relay December 2008 RELAY SEAL 8074 Figure 7 5 Pneumatic Relay Assembly Replacing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Visually inspectthe holes in the module base to ensure they are clean and free of obstructions If Cleaning is necessary do not enlarge the holes 2 Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as shown in figure 7 5 Press small seal retaining tabs into re
34. 2 No 7 Whatis the safe position ofthe valve Fail closed Fail open 8 Fora DVC6010 SIS or DVC6030 SIS During full travel of the actuator does the DVC6000 feedback arm move below the A or above the B alignment positions It should not Yes December 2008 7 17 DVC6000 SIS 7 18 December 2008 Parts Section 8 Parts Parts Ordering esee teensy Moe e tbe et edd s 8 2 Parts ea Da 8 2 Parts LisE MEER ORE VERAM 8 4 HOUSING societe epi pado rbd ond Mp xat 8 4 COMMON Pains us wherein Mata ay leh gore A MO E ania RED 8 4 Mod le Base 8 4 deed 8 4 Relay seb EH HEUS PEDE BB EIS C eed 8 4 Terminal OX doo qns le ded 8 5 PWB ASSembly sue ibe bite tiis ee 2b te e cU Dia Eb oue cit 8 5 Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valve Assemblies 8 5 Feedback Remote Travel Parts 8 5 LC340 Line 8 6 December 2008 8 1 DVC6000 SIS Parts Ordering Whenever correspondi
35. 24 VDC power supply to the solenoid valve and a second 24 VDC power supply to the DVC6000 SIS Disconnect the solenoid valve power supply but maintain the power supply to 6 7 DVC6000 SIS the DVC6000 SIS The valve should go to its fail safe position quickly Then maintain the power supply to the solenoid valve and disconnect the DVC6000 SIS power supply The valve should go to its fail safe position although not as quickly as it does in the previous scenario If DVC6000 SIS is alone without a solenoid valve Disconnect power to the digital valve controller The valve should go to its safe position Note The above tests are not applicable for single acting reverse relay B when no solenoid valve is present If the LCP100 is used conduct the following tests Successful Partial Stroke Test l Press the Valve Test black push button for more than 3 seconds butless than 10 seconds 2 Observe that the green light starts flashing when the valve starts moving 3 Observe that the valve moves no more than the configured PST travel limit 4 Observe thatthe valve returns to the normal operating position and the green light comes on solid Manually Aborted Partial Stroke Test l Press the Valve Test black push button for more than 3 seconds butless than 10 seconds 2 Observe that the green light starts flashing when the valve starts moving 3 Before the valve reaches the travel limit of
36. 6 Pressure 4 10 Travel 4 6 Tuning Sets Pressure 4 10 Gain Values 4 11 Travel 4 6 Gain Values 4 6 TUV Certification 1 3 Type 67CFR filter regulator 2 17 V Valve Serial Number 4 20 4 22 Valve Style 4 22 Variables Device 6 9 Vent 2 18 Voltage Available Calculating 2 24 Checking 7 14 W Weight Valve Mounted Instruments 1 6 Wiring Length Guidelines Auxiliary Terminal 6 6 Wiring P ractices Communication Cable Capacitance 2 25 Control S ystem Requirements 2 24 Compliance Voltage 2 25 Voltage Available 2 24 December 2008 Fisher FIELDVUE PlantWeb AMS ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co Emerson Process Management Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co ASCO is a mark owned by one of the Emerson Industrial Automation group of companies exida is a mark owned by exida Consulting LLC HART is a mark owned by the HART Comunication Foundation All other marks are the property of their respective owners The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees express or implied regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability All sales are governed by our terms and conditions
37. Adjust Digital Calibration Adjust Sensor Calibration 5 6 Pressure Sensor a Reo ow 5 6 Output Pressure Sensor Calibration Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration Travel Sensor AdliSE ou secas ent suat ane ae pe REMIS 5 7 DVC6010 SIS DVC6015 DVC6030 SIS and DVC6035 DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025 Analog Input s 22837 5 10 Relay Adjustment ie eene rieure cha ER cd 5 10 Double Acting Relay stes abe weed Meat ame FEAR MER 5 10 Single Acting Relays s aeta ee Mcd dob tob tel ak d ol 5 11 Single Acting Direct Single Acting Reverse Restore Factory Settings 5 11 PST Calibration gt 5 12 December 2008 5 1 DVC6000 SIS Calibration Overview When a DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator and connects the necessary tubing then sets up and calibrates the controller For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately recalibration of the analog input or pressure sensors generally is unnecessary However after mounting on an actuator perform the initial setup either auto or manual then calibrate travel by sele
38. Adjusted Press MLFB Gain Pressure MLFB Gain is the minor loop feedback gain for the pressure control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Press Integ Enable Y es or No Enable the e Press Integ Gain Pressure Integral Gain pressure integral setting to improve static also called reset is the gain factor applied to the performance by correcting for error that exists time integral of the error signal between desired between the pressure target and actual pressure and actual pressure Changing this parameter will Pressure Integral Control is disabled by default also change the tuning set to Expert December 2008 4 11 DVC6000 SIS TvI Press Control 1 2 2 2 5 Cutoffs 1 2 2 2 1 e Tvl Press Cut Hi Travel Cutoff High defines the high cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of ranged input current e Tvl Press Cut Lo Travel Cutoff Low defines the low cutoff point for the travel set point Travel cutoffs are adjustable when the DVC6000 SIS is operating with a 4 20 mA current input The Setup Wizard automatically sets travel cutoffs at 5096 making the DVC6000 SIS work like an on off device At current levels from 4 0 to 11 99 mA the DVC6000 SIS will provide minimum output pressure and at 12 to 20 mA the DVC6000 SIS will provide full output pressure You can customize valve response to the control signal by changing the travel cutoffs For example itis
39. Alert Travel Limit Alerts Travel Limit Hi Lo Alerts Travel Cutoff Alerts Travel History Alerts tease een Peed onda thea RS Cycle Count Cycle Count Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Accumulator SIS Alerte duc emiten tto ege s ea gum jae ERR bebe a lend PST Pressure Limit Pressure Deviation Alert Enable Pressure Deviation Alert Point Pressure Deviation Time 4 13 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 15 4 16 December 2008 Detailed Setup AlerEReGOFd 4t ce ee de e e do ats 4 18 Alrt Record Not Empty Enab Alrt Record Full Enab Display Record Clear Record Alert Groups 4 19 Instrument Time Calibration and Diagnostics Operational Integrator 11 4 20 General Units Analog Input Range Relay Type Zero Power Condition Maximum Supply Pressure Auxiliary Terminal Mode Instrument Date and Time Calibration Status and Location Valve S mura teed a tena Gta Sea aa Bee 4 21 Manufacturer Valve Serial Number Valve Style Actuator Style Feedback Connection Travel Sensor Motion Partial STOKE donet ht ei ee 4 22 PST Enable PST Variables View Edit Auto Test Interval DVC Power Up December 2008 4 3 DVC6000 SIS Detailed Setup The Detailed Setup selection from the Configure S etup menu allows you to config
40. Alerts Sensor Alerts Environmental Alerts Travel Alerts Travel History Alerts 515 Alerts de etel ter PORE TEN etr an Sod dev eee tel eie EU REY TON A Device R SCOPI ad d EUR RS ETUR ORA Rd Temp Max Temp Min Run Time Number of Power Ups Stroke ValV8 s e Ge e LI a tated EM e Partial Stroke TES PT C cC Device Digital Valve Controller Auxiliary Terminal Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines 375 Field Communicator Additional DIAgNOSUCS ERI EY ERE ERE Man alReset Ayer Leah Ane epe sk aere Lage Demand Mode Tests Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring Device Variables Analog pH c po oua PES eV Edd Travel SetPollb 2 xem ene vae beca trae e tes vie etes ica sese eed e Drive TL m PIRESSUIES nace RR E e bleed ema sees a Pressure A Pressure B Pressure Differential Supply Pressure N Gila DIGS xen t ML LE December 2008 ps IET 6 3 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 1 DVC6000 SIS 6 2 Auxiliary Input Temperature Temperature Maximum Temperature Minimum Cycle Count Tvl A
41. Certified Product Intrinsic Safety Dust and Flameproof Dust DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers designated as controller hereafter have been proved to be in conformity with the requirements specified in the national standards GB3836 1 2000 GB3836 2 2000 GB3836 4 2000 and GB12476 1 2000 through inspections conducted by National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion P rotection and Safety of Instrumentation NEPSI The Ex markings for the products are Ex d II CT5 acetylene not included DIPA21T5 or Ex CT5 DIPA21T5 respectively and their Ex certificate numbers are 04504 GYJ 04505 When using the product the user should pay attention to the items stated below l The specific product types of approved DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers this time are DVC6010 DVC6020 and DVC6030 2 The enclosure of the controller provides a grounding terminal and the user should install a reliable grounding wire connected to it when mounting and using the controller 3 The controller s cable entrance 1 2 NPT must be fitted with a cable entry device which is Ex approved through inspection of explosion protection in conformity with relevant standards of GB3836 and has a corresponding rating of explosion protection 4 The maximum operating ambient temperature range of the controller is 40 to 80 5 The principle of Opening equipment s cover is allowed only after the power is off m
42. Flash ROM Shutdown 1 2 3 1 3 5 11 C Analog Input Range Lo 1 2 5 3 2 6 H Hardware Revision 3 7 7 44 Analog Input Units 1 2 5 2 3 6 H HART Tag 1 2 5 1 1 6 F Auto Test Interval 1 2 7 3 3 D 3 7 1 4 H Auto Travel Calibration 1 3 1 1 4 E HART Universal Revision 3 7 9 44 Autocalibration in Progress Enable 1 2 4 2 2 8 H Input Characterization 1 2 2 3 4 C 3 6 1 5 G 1 2 4 1 2 8 Auxiliary Input 12 33 12 10 Instrument Date and Time 125 8 52 Auxiliary Terminal Alert Enable 1 2 3 3 1 1 10 C Instrument Level 3 7 8 44 Auxiliary Terminal Mode Instrument Mode HOE 1 2 5 7 5 F 1 2 1 1 4 8 Burst Command 1 2 1 4 2 6 A Instrument Serial Number 1 2 5 1 6 6 F Burst Enable 1 2 1 4 1 6 A Instrument Time Invalid Enable 1 2 4 1 1 8 G Calibration in Progress Enab 1 2 4 2 1 8 G 1 2 4 4 4 8 1 Calibration Location 1 2 5 9 2 6 H integral Dead zong 1 2 2 1 2 1 9 Clear Record 1 2 3 7 4 8 G 22 1 2 4 4 3 8 I Command 3 Trending Press 12143 G A Integral Limit 122122 9 A Hot Key 2 1 A Integrator Saturated Hi Enable 1 2 4 4 1 8 H Control Mode 1 2 1 2 4 B Integrator Saturated Lo Enable 1 2 4 4 2 8 H Critical NVM Shutdown 1 2 3 1 3 4 11 Lag Time 1 2 2 5 3 6 D 1 2 3 5 1 2 5 F Last Calibration Status 1 2 5 9 1 6 H Cycle Count 3 6 5 3 H Manual Travel Calibration 13 12 4 E Cycle Count Alert Enable 1 2 3 5 1 1 10 F 3 7 3 4 H Cycle Count Alert Point 1235 13 10 F 1 2 6 1 4 D Date 1 2 5 1 4 6 F Maximum Supply Pressure 1 2 5 6 5 F Dead Band Cy
43. From the Calibrate menu select Man Tvl Calib and Analog Adjust Connect a variable current source to the instrument and LOOP terminals The current source should be capable of generating 4 20 mA Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s travel in percent December 2008 Calibration Note 096 Travel Valve Closed 100 Travel Valve Open 1 Adjust the input current until the valve is near mid travel Press OK 2 If the feedback connection is Rotary All SStem Roller go to step 6 If the feedback connection is SStem Standard you are prompted to set the crossover point Adjust the current source until the feedback arm is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 Then press OK Note In steps 3 through 7 the accuracy of the current source adjustment affects the position accuracy 3 Adjustthe current source until the valve is at 096 travel then press OK 4 Adjustthe current source until the valve is at 10096 travel then press OK 5 Adjustthe current source until the valve is at 5096 travel then press OK 6 Adjust the current source until the valve is at 096 travel then press OK 7 Adjustthe current source until the valve is at 10096 travel then press OK 8 Adjust the current source until the valve is near 596 travel then press OK 9 Adjust the current source until the valve is near 95 travel then press OK 10 Pla
44. Maximum length due to capacitance can be calculated using the following formulas Compliance Voltage Length ft 160 000 C master pF Ccapie pF ft If the compliance voltage of the control system is not Length m 160 000 Cmaster pF C capie pF m known perform the following compliance voltage test Voltage available 15 19 volts where 160 000 a constant derived for FIELDVUE instruments to insure that the HART network RC time constant will be no greater than 0 65 us per the HART 2 Setthe control system to provide maximum output specification current C master the capacitance of the control system 3 Increase the resistance of the 1 potentiometer shown in figure 2 24 until the current observed on the the capacitance of the cable used see milliammeter begins to drop quickly table 2 1 1 Disconnect the field wiring from the control system and connect equipment as shown in figure 2 24 to the control system terminals December 2008 2 25 DVC6000 SIS Table 2 1 Cable Characteristics Cable Type Capacitance 1 Capacitance 1 Resistance 2 Resistance pF ft pF m Ohms ft Ohms m 55308 1 0 5 sq mm 61 0 200 0 022 0 074 BS5308 1 1 0 sq mm 61 0 200 0 012 0 037 55308 1 1 5 sq mm 61 0 200 0 008 0 025 55308 2 0 5 54 mm 121 9 400 0 022 0 074 55308 2 0 75 sq mm 121 9 400 0 016 0 053 55308
45. Specifications continued Vibration Testing Method Tested per 15 5 75 13 Section 5 3 5 A resonant frequency search is performed on all three axes The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1 2 hour endurance test at each major resonance plus an additional two million cycles Input Impedance Point to Point only The input impedance of the DVC6000 SIS active electronic circuit is not purely resistive For comparison to resistive load specifications an equivalent impedance of 550 ohms may be used This value corresponds to 11 V 20 mA Operating Ambient Temperature Limits 3 40 to 80 40 to 176 for most approved valve mounted instruments 60 to 125 C 76 to 257 F for remote mounted feedback unit 2 52 to 80 62 to 176 F for valve mounted Pollution Degree 2 Overvoltage Category III per ANSI ISA 82 02 01 61010 1 Mod Electrical Housing Meets NEMA 4X CSA Type 4X 60529 IP 66 Auxiliary Terminal Contact Nominal Electrical Rating 5 V lt mA It is recommended that the switch be sealed or have gold plated contacts to avoid corrosion For proper operation of the auxiliary input terminal capacitance should not exceed 18000pF ther Classifications Certifications TIIS Japan KISCO Korea Industrial Safety Corp Pc Russian GOST R Russian Federal Service of instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature FSETAN Technological Ecological and Nuclear option f
46. WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY FISHER IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AT LEAST 90 C REFER TO INSTRUCTION S MANUAL FOR MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE e e 8 DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S SIS DVC6030S SIS 2 VOLTAGE 30 VDC AMB TEMP 40 C 60 NEMA 4X FACTORY SEALED USE FIELD WIRING SUITABLE FOR XP CL DIV 1 GP CD T6 DI CL Il DIV 1 GP EFG 6 S CL Il DIV 2 GP FG T6 CAUTION KEEP COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE NI CL 1 DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 IS CL IN DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 2983521 6 O 2 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY lt gt FISHER AT LEAST 90 C REFER TO INSTRUCTION M 2 MANUAL FOR SUPPLY PRESSURE IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY SERIAL INPUT TY o V NO DC 30C0386 December DVC6005 SIS AMB TEMP 60 TO 125 C T4 Tamb 125 C T5 Tamb 95 C T6 Tamb 80 C NEMA 4X XP CL DIV 1 GP ABCD DI CL 1 DIV 1 GP EFG S CL Il DIV 2 GP FG NI CL DIV 2 ABCD WARNING DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING IS CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 29B3521 OR GE07475 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY USE FIELD WIRING SUITABLE FOR AT LEAST 90 C Tamb 80 C 105 C Tamb 100 C 150 C Tamb 125 C MAX VOLTAGE 10 VDC 2008 SN MAX CURRENT 5 mADC 222 APP
47. WN 72 jue 64 SECTION A A dz SECTION C C SECTION B B APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 49B3261 C SHT 1 amp 2 Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit December 2008 8 11 DVC6000 SIS a A 2 L 177 SECTION OUTPUTA OUTPUT B SUPPLY WALL MOUNTING PIPESTAND MOUNTING APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 gt SEE FIGURE 8 5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 4983261 SHT 2 amp 3 DOC Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit continued 8 12 December 2008 64 D 47 O 64 Lex 47 952036 DOUBLE ACTING SINGLE ACTING DIRECT APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTE DRAWING IS REPRESENTATIVE OF A DVC6000 SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER GAUGE CONFIGURATION IS REPRESENTATIVE OF BOTH DVC6000 SERIES AND DVC6005 1 gt FOR SINGLE ACTIN
48. and Follower Arm Extension Mounted ona Rotary Actuator 5 Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension as shown in figure 2 6 If required the follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension 6 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin of the adjustment arm as shown in figure 2 7 December 2008 2 8 MOUNTING ADAPTER MOUNTING BRACKET qi Qo ARM ASSEMBLY BIAS SPRING ARM ASSEMBLY PIN FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY Figure 2 7 Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm of a FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller 7 Mount the DVC6020 SIS on the actuator as follows e If required a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2 5 Then attach the digital valve controller assembly to the adaptor The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached e f no mounting adaptor is required attach the digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or mounting plate The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as itis being attached 8 For long stroke sliding stem actuators after the mounting is complete check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark o
49. before beginning the mounting procedure Refer to figures 2 4 2 5 and 2 6 for parts locations Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 Ifa cam is not already installed on the actuator install the cam as described in the instructions included with the mounting kit For sliding stem actuators the cam is installed on the stem connector 3 If a mounting plate is required fasten the mounting plate to the actuator 4 For applications that require remote venting a pipe away bracket kit is available Follow the instructions included with the kitto replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe away bracket 2 14 5 Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension as shown in figure 2 6 If required the follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension 6 Apply anti seize key 64 to the
50. cannot be made when the instrument mode is In Service Out of Service The instrument output does not change in response to analog input changes when the instrument mode is Out of Service Some setup parameters can be changed only when the instrument mode is Out of Service Instrument Protection Determines if commands from a HART device can calibrate and or configure certain parameters in the instrument There are two types of instrument protection Configuration and Calibration P rohibits changing protected setup parameters prohibits calibration None Permits both configuration and calibration The instrument is unprotected Instrument Serial Number The serial number assigned to the printed wiring board by the factory but can be changed during setup The instrument serial number should match the serial number on the instrument nameplate Glossary 3 Glossary E M Glossary DVC6000 SIS Leak Class Defines the allowable leakage by a valve when it is closed Leak class numbers are listed in two standards ANSI F CI 70 2 and IEC 534 4 Linear A valve flow characteristic where changes in flow rate are directly proportional to changes in valve stem travel One of the input characteristics available for a FIELDVUE digital valve controller See also Equal Percentage and Quick Opening Linearity dynamic Linearity independent is the maximum deviation from a straight line best fit to the opening and closing curves an
51. change the damage caused by moving parts tuning set to X expert keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly 6 e Press Tuning Set 1 2 2 1 3 1 Note Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired Press Tuning Set There are twelve Pressure Tuning Sets to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve results controller gain settings Tuning set B provides the Stabilize Optimize and performance slowest response and M provides the fastest tuner may be used to achieve the response desired results more rapidly than Tuning set B is appropriate for controlling a Expert tuning pneumatic positioner Table 4 6 lists the 4 10 December 2008 Detailed Setup Table 4 4 Actuator Information for Basic Setup Starting Travel Sensor Motion Actuator Actuator z Feedback Manufacturer Model Actuator Size Actuator Style Connection Relay A or C Relay B 25 Piston Dbl w or F SStem Standard 50 60 w o Spring See for travels upto Depends upon pneumatic connections 585C amp 585CR 60 80 actuator instruction L 4 inches SStem See description for Travel Sensor 100 130 manual and M Roller for longer Motion nameplate travels 30 H 36 00 Spring amp 657 45 50 Ad m L SStem Standard Clockwise Counterclockwise
52. characteristic is linear Define Custom Char 1 2 2 4 To define a custom input characteristic from the Input Char menu select Define Custom Char Select the point you wish to define 1 to 21 then enter the desired set point value Press Enter then enter the desired travel target for the corresponding set point When finished select point 0 to return to the Input Char menu With input characterization you can modify the overall characteristic of the valve and instrument combination Selecting an equal percentage quick opening or custom other than the default of linear input characteristic modifies the overall valve and instrument characteristic However if you select the linear input characteristic the overall valve and instrument characteristic is the characteristic of the valve which is determined by the valve trim i e the plug or cage Dynamic Response 1 2 2 5 e SP Rate Open Maximum rate 96 of valve travel per second at which the digital valve controller will move to the open position regardless of the rate of input current change A value of 0 will deactivate this feature and allow the valve to stroke open as fastas possible e SP Rate Close Maximum rate 96 of valve travel per second at which the digital valve controller will move to the close position regardless of the rate of input current change A value of 0 will deactivate this feature and allow the valve to stroke close as fast as possible
53. electrical travel range If necessary replace pot bushing assy Cables not plugged into P WB correctly 3e Inspect connections and correct 3f Feedback arm loose on pot 3f Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section 3g Feedback arm bent damaged or bias spring missing damaged 3g Replace feedback arm and bias spring December 2008 continued 7 15 DVC6000 SIS Table 7 3 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause 3h Configuration errors Action 3h Verify configuration If necessary set protection to None If Out of Service place In Service Check Travel Sensor Motion Tuning set Zero power condition Feedback Connection Control mode should be Analog Restart control mode should be Analog 3j Restricted pneumatic passages in I P converter 3j Check screen in I P converter supply port of the module base Replace if necessary If passages in I P converter restricted replace converter 3k O ring s between I P converter ass y missing or hard and flattened losing seal 3k Replace O ring s 3l I P converter ass y damaged corroded clogged 3l Check for bent flapper open coil continuity contamination staining or dirty air supply Coil resistance should be between 1680 1860 ohms Replace I P assy if damaged corroded clogged or open coil 3m I P converter ass y out of spec
54. for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters Mode and Protection Parameters Instrument Mode Control Mode Restart Cont Mode 1 Burst Mode Enable Burst Command 3 Trending Pressure Protection In Service Out of Service Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Response and Control Travel Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel MLFB Gain Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Gain Stabilize O ptimize Performance Tuner Integral Dead Zone Integral Limit Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure MLFB Pressure Integral Enable Pressure Integral Gain YAY YVAN Travel Pressure Cutoff Hi Travel Pressure Cutoff Lo End Point Pressure Control Enable Partial Stroke Start Point Pressure Set Point Pressure Saturation Time nput Characteristic Define Custom Char Set Point Rate Open Set Point Rate Close Lag Time Alerts Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal PY YR LY RY EY LVL YY YY YY LYLE Offline F ailed Alert Enable Power Starvation Alert Enable on Critical NVM Alert Enable Critical NVM Shutdown Flash ROM Shutdown Free Time Shutdown Reference Voltage Shutdown Temp Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Shutdown Press Sensor Shutdown Aux Terminal Alert Enabl
55. if the Travel is lower than the configured limit Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Alert Hi This alert is indicated if the Travel is greater than the configured limit Travel Alert Lo This alert is indicated if the Travel is lower than the configured limit Travel Limit Cutoff Travel Limit C utoff Hi This alert is indicated if the Travel is limited high or the high cutoff is in effect Travel Limit C utoff Lo This alert is indicated if the Travel is limited low or the low cutoff is in effect Travel History If a travel history alert is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS Cycle Count Cycle Count Alert This alert is indicated if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert This alert is indicated if the Travel Accum exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert P oint 6 4 Table 6 1 Alerts Included in Alert Groups for Alert Record Alert Group Alerts Include in Group Travel Alert Lo Travel Alert Hi Travel Alert Lo Lo Travel Alert Hi Hi Travel deviation Drive signal Valve Alerts No free time Flash ROM fail Drive current fail Ref Voltage fail NVM fail Temperature sensor fail Pressure sensor fail Travel sensor fail Failure Alerts Miscellaneous Alerts Auxiliary input SIS If an SIS alert is active it will appear under SIS ALERTS Partial Stroke Test PST Valve Stuck or Pressure Travel Path Obstruct
56. jumper to the AUX AUX terminals in the instrument terminal box Instrument Mode To setup calibrate the instrument the instrument mode must be Out Of Service To view change the instrument mode press the Hot Key and select Instrument Mode If the mode is not Out Of Service select Out Of Service from the Instrument Mode menu and press ENTER Instrument Mode allows you to either take the instrument O ut of Service or place it In Service Taking the instrument Out of Service allows you to perform instrument calibration and also allows you to change setup variables that affect control See Setting 3 2 Protection to ensure protection is set correctly prior to operation Basic Setup Changes to the instrument setup may cause changes in the output pressure or valve travel Depending on the application these changes may upset process control which could result in personal injury or property damage To avoid personal injury or equipment damage caused by the release of process pressure always use the Setup Wizard to perform setup and calibration before placing the DVC6000 SIS Series instrument in operation for the first time The Setup Wizard sets up the required parameters for SIS solutions Note To setup and calibrate the instrument the protection must be None and the Instrument Mode must be Out Of Service See Configuration Protection and Instrument Mode at the beginning of this section for infor
57. mounting the digital valve controller in the field connectthe 1 4 NPT digital valve controller output connections to the pneumatic actuator input connections Single Acting Actuators When using a single acting direct digital valve controller relay A or C on a single acting actuator always connect OUTPUT A to the actuator pneumatic input Only when using relay C in the special application i e solenoid health monitoring do you need to connect OUTPUT B to the monitoring line When using a single acting reverse digital valve controller relay B on a single acting actuator always connect OUTPUT B to the actuator pneumatic input Only when using relay type B in the special application i e solenoid health monitoring do you need to connect OUTPUT A to the monitoring line December 2008 Installation LOOP CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX 1 2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 41311113 Instruments FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX W8371 1 SIS DVC6005 SIS BASE UNIT 1 2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTIONS BOTH SIDES OUTPUTA CONNECTION SUPPLY CONNECTION OUTPUT B CONNECTION W7963 SIS NOTE PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH VALVE MOUNTED INSTRUMENTS AND DVC6005 SIS BASE UNIT Figure 2 16 FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller Connections 2 17 DVC6000 SIS 9131 1 515 Figure 2 17 FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Mounted onaFisher 585C Piston Actuator Double Acting Actuators DVC6000 SIS Serie
58. number and December 2008 375 Field Communicator Basics amp ABC 11213 JKL 415 6 POR TUV WXYZ lt gt Figure 2 375 Field Communicator Alphanumeric and Shift Keys other characters can be performed using this keypad The 375 Field Communicator will automatically determine the mode depending upon the input necessary for the particular field To enter text when alphanumeric mode press the desired keypad button in quick repetition to scroll through the options to attain the appropriate letter or number For example to enter the letter Z press the 9 key quickly four times The alphameric keys are also used for the Fast Key sequence The Fast Key sequence is a sequence of numerical button presses corresponding to the menu options that lead you to a given task See the 375 Field Communicator Menu Structures atthe beginning of this manual Backlight Adjustment Key 2 The backlight adjustment key has four settings allowing you to adjust the intensity of the display Higher intensities will shorten the battery life Function Key The function key allows you to enable the alternate functionality of select keys The grey characters on the keys indicate the alternate functionality When enabled the orange multifunction LED light will appear and an indication button can be found on the soft input panel 51 Press the key again to disable the function key December 2008 Multifun
59. of the page Key Description Part Number Housing DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 1 Housing 11 Drive Screw 2 03 20 Shield 52 Vent plastic DVC6010 SIS and DVC6030 SIS only 74 Mounting Bracket DVC6020 SIS 5440 or pipe away 75 O Ring DVC6020 SIS only 6 245 Pipe Plug pl stl 6 DVC6020 SIS Vent away only 248 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6005 SIS 20 249 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6005 SIS only 20 250 Spacer 4 req d DVC 6005 SIS only 20 267 Standoff 2 req d DVC6005 SIS only 20 271 Screen Common Parts DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 16 O ring 3 req d 2 23 Screw hex socket SST 4 4 2 15 29 Warning label for use only with LCIE hazardous area classifications 33 ach Screw hd SST 3 req d 38 Cap Screw hex socket SST 3 4 2 12 43 Cover Assembly includes cover screws 48 ameplate 49 Screw self tapping 2 req d 12 63 Lithium grease not furnished with the instrument 64 Anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 65 Lubricant silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument 154 Retaining Ring 3 0 0 237 odule Base 5 1 23 38B9580X022 Key Description Part Number Module Base DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 an
60. of internal components is not required If the DVC6000 SIS is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces tend to get heavily coated or layered with industrial or atmospheric contaminants however it is recommended that the vent key 52 be periodically inspected to ensure it is fully open If the vent appears to be clogged the vent can be removed cleaned and replaced Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to remove contaminant and run a mild water detergent solution through the vent to ensure itis fully open Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents To do so could result in an explosion Clean with a mild detergent and water only Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts Before performing any maintenance procedures on the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller Always wear protective clothing gloves and eyewear to prevent personal injury e Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure electric power or a control signal to the actuator Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure
61. of operation loop powered or 24 VDC powered When installing the cover tighten the screws evenly in a criss cross pattern to help ensure the cover is properly installed December 2008 Basic Setup Section 3 Basic Setup Configuration Protection Instrument Mode B sic S p bad bed Setup Wizard icis ce tec NR ER CRY PCR ERE EE ERR Performance TUNET RERO had P Ru ki December 2008 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 6 3 1 DVC6000 SIS Configuration Protection To setup and calibrate the instrument the protection must be setto None with the Field Communicator If the protection is not None changing the protection requires placing a jumper across the Auxiliary terminals in the terminal box Note When a Fisher LCP100 control panel is used changing protection does not require placing the jumper across the Auxiliary terminals in the terminal box To remove protection 1 Connect a 4 20 mA source to the instrument 2 Connect the Field Communicator to the instrument and turn it on 3 Press the Hot key on the Field Communicator and select Protection 4 From the Protection menu select None When prompted by the Field Communicator temporarily attach the
62. pin of the adjustment arm as shown in figure 2 7 7 Mount the DVC6025 the actuator as follows e If required a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2 5 Then attach the digital valve controller assembly to the adaptor The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached e f no mounting adaptor is required attach the digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or mounting plate The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as itis being attached 8 For long stroke sliding stem actuators after the mounting is complete check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark on the cam see figure 2 4 If necessary reposition the cam to attain alignment DVC6035 on Quarter Turn Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model Note Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2 11 w
63. region must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated Valid entries are 096 to 10096 Travel Alert Checks the ranged travel againstthe travel high and low alert points The travel alert is active if either the high or low point is exceeded Once high or low point is exceeded the ranged travel must clear that point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert clears Four travel alerts are available Travel Alert Hi Travel Alert Lo Travel Alert Hi Hi and Travel Alert Lo Lo Travel Alert Deadband Travel in percent of ranged travel required to clear a travel alert once itis active Valid entries are 25 to 12596 Glossary 5 Glossary E DVC6000 SIS Travel Alert High Point Value of the travel in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Hi alert Valid entries are 25 to 125 Travel Alert High High Point Value of the travel in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert Valid entries are 25 to 125 Travel Alert Low Point Value of the travel in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Lo alert Valid entries are 25 to 125 Travel Alert Low Low Point Value of the travel in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Lo Lo alert Valid entries are 25 to 125 Travel Cutoff Defines the cutoff point for the travel in percent of ranged travel There are two tra
64. selected Digital as the crossover adjustment source the Field Communicator displays a menu to allow you to adjustthe crossover Selectthe direction and size of change required to set the feedback arm so it is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 Selecting large medium and small adjustments to the crossover causes changes of 5 3 DVC6000 SIS approximately 10 0 1 02 and 0 12 respectively to the rotation of the feedback arm If another adjustment is required repeat step 5 Otherwise select Done and go to step 6 6 The remainder of the auto calibration procedure is automatic During calibration the instrument seeks the high and low end points and the minor loop feedback MLFB and output bias By searching for the end points the instrument establishes the limits of physical travel i e the actual travel 0 and 10096 positions This also determines how far the relay beam swings to calibrate the sensitivity of the beam position sensor Adjusting the minor loop feedback bias is done around mid travel The valve position is briefly moved back and forth to determine the relay beam position at quiescence Essentially it establishes the zero point for the Minor Loop Feedback circuit The back and forth motion is performed to account for hysteresis Adjusting the output bias aligns the travel set point with the actual travel by computing the drive signal required to produce 096 error This is done while the va
65. special conditions for safe use Refer to table 1 5 for approval information figure C 4 and C 5 for FM loop schematics and figure C 6 for FM nameplates ATEX Special Conditions for Safe Use Intrinsic Safety Dust 1 This apparatus can only be connected to an intrinsically safe certified equipment and this combination must be compatible as regards the intrinsically safe rules 2 The electrical parameters of this equipment must not exceed any following values Uo lt 30 V l x226 mA Pos 1 4 3 Operating ambient temperature 40 C to 80 Refer to table 1 6 for additional approval information and figure C 7 for ATEX Intrinsic Safety Dust nameplates Flameproof Dust Operating ambient temperature 40 C to 85 C Refer to table 1 6 for additional approval information and figure C 8 for ATEX Flameproof Dust nameplates ATEX Type n Dust Operating ambient temperature 40 C to 80 C Refer to table 1 6 for additional approval information and figure C 9 for ATEX Type n Dust nameplates 2 3 DVC6000 SIS IECEx Conditions of Certification Intrinsic Safety Type n Flameproof Exia Exd Exn 1 Warning Electrostatic charge hazard Do not rub or clean with solvents To do so could result in an explosion EXd Exn 2 Do notopen while energized Refer to table 1 7 for additional approval information and figure C 10 for the IECEx nameplates NEPSI Notes for Safe Use of the
66. the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units refer to figure 2 20 4 Connect one wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 1 on the feedback unit and terminal 1 on the base unit 5 Connectthe second wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 2 on the feedback unit and terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connect the third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 3 on the feedback unit and terminal 3 on the base unit 2 21 DVC6000 SIS 7 Connectthe cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Note Do not connect the shield or drain wire to any terminal on the feedback unit to the earth ground or any other alternative ground 8 Replace and hand tighten all covers Using an External 10 kOhm External Potentiometer as a Remote Travel Sensor Note Potentiometer travel must be between 1 3 and 1 6 times greater than the actuator travel For example if an actuator has a travel of 9 inches then a linear potentiometer must be selected with a rated travel between 11 7 and 14 4 inches The resistive element must be tapered from 0 kOhm to 10 kOhm over rated travel of the potentiometer The actuator will only use 63 to 76 95 of the potentiometer rated travel Note The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device
67. valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model Note Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2 11 when installing a DVC6025 remote feedback unit 2 13 DVC6000 SIS DVC6025 remote feedback units use a cam and roller as the feedback mechanism Figure 2 4 shows an example of mounting on sliding stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches Some long stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss Figures 2 5 and 2 6 show examples of mounting on rotary actuators Note While the housing differs on the DVC6025 and the DVC6020 SIS feedback parts are the same As shown in figure 2 5 two feedback arms are available for the digital valve controller Most long stroke sliding stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm 62 mm 2 45 inches from roller to pivot point Installations on 1051 Size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the short feedback arm 54 mm 2 13 inches from roller to pivot point Make sure the correct feedback arm is installed on the digital valve controller
68. will bring the valve back to its original travel corresponding to the control set point Note In a typical 0 24 VDC de energize to trip operating system a digital valve controller with the single acting direct relay will provide full output pressure to port A when 24 VDC is applied and minimum near 0 output pressure to port A when 0 VDC is applied With the single acting direct relay there would be no output pressure from port B Other configurations of the relay are available see table 3 2 An example of this flexibility is the use of a single acting reverse relay that will supply full pressure output at 0 VDC input This configuration can be useful to provide the benefits of Partial Valve Stroke Diagnostics but minimize the spurious trip rate the power to the digital valve controller can be lost without tripping the valve but would only be recommended when a solenoid is provided to take the valve to the safe position December 2008 Detailed Setup Table 4 7 Guidelines for Manually Setting Pressure Set Point Actuator Type Relay Type Zero Power Condition Partial Stroke Start Point Pressure Set Point Open Psupply 2 psig Closed Closed 2 psig AorC 2 psig z Closed Psupply 2 psig Single Acting eisai Open 2 psig Closed Psupply 2 psig B Psupply 2 psig Open Closed 2 psig Open Psupply 5 psig Closed Closed 5 psi
69. with rated travel between 50 degrees and 180 degrees 1 5 DVC6000 SIS Table 1 2 Specifications continued Mounting Designed for direct actuator mounting or remote pipestand or wall mounting Mounting the instrument vertically with the vent at the bottom of the assembly or horizontally with the vent pointing down is recommended to allow drainage of moisture that may be introduced via the instrument Options Supply and output pressure gauges or B Tire valves Integral mounted filter regulator B Stainless housing module base and terminal box 8 Extreme Temperature 7 Beacon Indicator LCP100 local control panel Declaration of SEP air supply Weight Valve Mounted Instruments Aluminum 3 5 kg 7 7 Ibs Stainless Steel 8 7 7 kg 17 Ibs Remote Mounted Instruments 2 DVC6005 SIS Base Unit 4 1 kg 9 Ibs DVC6015 Feedback Unit 1 3 kg 2 9 105 DVC6025 Feedback Unit 1 4 kg 3 1 105 DVC6035 Feedback Unit 0 9 kg 2 0 105 Fisher Controls International LLC declares this product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC It was designed and manufactured in accordance with Sound Engineering Practice SEP and cannot bear the CE marking related to PED compliance However the product may bear the CE marking to indicate compliance with other applicable European Community Directives NOTE Specialized instrument terms a
70. 0 MHz 10V m with Radiated EM field EC 61000 4 3 1 kHz AM at 80 A A Rated power frequency magnetic field EC 61000 4 8 60 A m at 50 Hz A A Burst EC 61000 4 4 1kV AQ A 10 signal control Surge EC 61000 4 5 1 kV line to ground only each AQ A Conducted RF EC 61000 4 6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms A A limit 1 of span 1 A degradation during testing B Temporary degradation during testing but is self recovering 2 Excluding auxiliary switch function which meets Performance Criteria B 1 6 December 2008 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 4 Hazardous Area Classifications CSA Canada Certification Enclosure Body Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Rating Intrinsic S afety Vmax 30 VDC Class Division Imax 226 mA A AX Class Division 1 GP A B C D E C 5 nF T5 Tamp s 80 F G per drawing 2983428 Lj 20 55 mH Explosion P roof 23 Class Division T6 Tamp 80 4X Class Division 1 GP B C D Class Division 2 GP A B C D Class II Division 1 GP E F G T6 Tamp lt 80 4 Class 111 Division 1 Intrinsic S afety Vmax 30VDC Voc 29 6 VDC Class Division Imax 226 mA Isc 23 5 mA 4 Class Division 1 GP A B C D 5 nF Ca 23 6 uF T6 Tamb 60 E F G per drawing 29B3520 Lj 20 55 mH La 2100 mH Explosion P roof DVC6005 Ciass Division cix T6 Tamb 60 CSA Class Di
71. 01 2 16 Lag Time 4 14 LCP 100 Local Control Panel 2 32 LCP 100 Local Control Panel Index Electrical Connections 2 32 Installation 2 32 Line Conditioner Part Number 8 6 Line conditioner 2 29 Locked in Safety Alert 6 4 Loop Connections 4 to 20 mA 2 20 Loop Schematics DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS CSA C 2 Index 3 DVC6000 SIS FM C 4 DVC6005 SIS CSA C 2 FM C 4 M Manual Calibrate Travel 5 4 Manual Conventions 1 2 Manual Reset 6 7 Manufacturer 4 21 Max Travel Movement 4 22 Maximum Supply Pressure 4 21 maximum supply pressure 4 21 Message 4 20 Module Base Removal 7 3 Replacing 7 4 Module Base Parts List 8 4 Module Base Maintenance 7 3 Mounting 1 6 2 5 67CFR 2 15 DVC6005 base unit 2 11 Pipestand 2 12 Wall 2 12 DVC6010 SIS 2 5 DVC6015 2 12 DVC6020 SIS 2 7 DVC6025 2 13 DVC6030 SIS 2 9 DVC6035 2 14 Nameplates ATEX Flameproof Dust Tight C 7 Intrinsic Safety Dust Tight C 6 Type n Dust Tight C 8 CSA C 3 FM C 5 IECEx Intrinsic Safety Type n Flameproof C 9 NEPSI Intrinsic Safety Flameproof Dust C 9 NEPSI Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 10 Nameplates C 9 Index 4 Notes for Safe Use of the Certified Product 2 4 Number of Power Ups Displaying Status 6 10 Output Connections 2 17 Double Acting Actuators 2 18 Single Acting Actuators 2 17 Output Pressure Displaying Value 6 9 Output S ign
72. 05 amps Total loop cable resistance x maximum loop 1 01 volts 48 ohms x 0 02105 amps for current 1000 feet of Belden 9501 cable Voltage available at the instrument 2 15 19 volts available if safety barrier 2 55 volts is notused NOTES 1 Obtain filter voltage drop The measured drop will be different than this value The measured filter voltage drop depends upon control system output voltage the intrinsic safety barrier if used and the instrument See note 2 25 The voltage available at the instrument is not the voltage measured at the instrument terminals Once the instrument is connected the instrument limits the measured voltage to approximately 9 0 to 10 5 volts Figure 2 23 Determining Voltage Available atthe Instrument Table 2 1 lists the resistance of some typical cables 4 Record the voltage shown on the voltmeter This is the control system compliance voltage The following example shows how to calculate the voltage available for a Honeywell TDC2000 control For specific parameter information relating to your system with a HF 340 HART filter and 1000 feet of control system contact your Emerson Process Belden 9501 cable Management sales office Voltage available 18 5 volts at 21 05 mA 2 3 Maximum Cable Capacitance Voltage available 18 5 2 3 1 01 The maximum cable length for HART communication is limited by the characteristic capacitance of the cable
73. 1 MPa 18B7713X022 PSl bar G eal fluorosilicone elastomers auge cde DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS GE31450X012 To 60 PSI 4 bar 1887713 032 To 160 PSI 11 bar 18B7713X012 Du 0933 GE31431X012 DVC6015 and DVC6025 27 GE31453X012 DVC603517 GE31454X012 66 Pipe Plug hex hd For double acting and single acting direct w gauges none req d For single acting reverse w gauges 1 req d For all units w o gauges 3 req d R ecommended spare parts Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit Available in the S mall Hardware Spare Parts Kit Available in the DVC6020 SIS to DVC6010 SIS Conversion Kit Available in the Alignment P in Kit Available in the Terminal Box Kit 16 Available in the Remote Terminal Box Kit 17 Available in Feedback Unit Kit 18 Available in the Remote Mount Retrofit Kit 23 Available in the SIS Preventative Maintenance Kit pa 67 Tire Valve Assembly 3 req d December 2008 8 5 DVC6000 SIS Key Description Part Number DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025 see figure 8 2 and 8 7 74 82 83 84 85 86 Mounting Bracket Bias Spring 551 9 Bearing Flange PTFE based 2 req d 9 Feedback Arm Assy 551 0 E ring stl 2 4 9 Plain Washer pl stl 2 4 Follower Post 55 0 Roller SST PTFE Spring Lock Washer pl 5 Hex Nut 680 Arm Assy SST Cap Screw hex socket 4 req d G Torsion Spring Feedback DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 see f
74. 1160 Gas U 230 VDC Ex ia T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety lj 2 226 mA o Dust 5 nF 5 amp 80 IP66 T6 Tamb lt 75 C Ex iaD 20 100 Tamb 80 C aerial Tamb ExiaD 20 T85 C Tamb 75 doy l2GD Gas DVC60x0 Ex d IIB H2 T5 T6 Flameproof DVC60x0S Dust sos 5 lt 85 66 123 Extp A211P66 T90 C Tamb 85 C T6 Tamb 75 Ex tD A21 IP 66 T80 C Tamb lt 75 II3GD Gas ExnCL IIC T5 T6 8 Dust T5 Tamb 80 IP 66 Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb 80 C 16 lt 75 ExtD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb x 75 amp I1GD Gas 230 VDC Ug 29 6 VDC Ex ia T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety lj 226 mA lg 23 5 mA 5 Dust Ci 5 nF Co 3 6 uF T5 Tamb lt 80 IP66 2 Li 20 55 mH Lo 2100 mH T6 Tamp 75 20 T100 C Tamb x 80 14 mW Po 8 4 mW 20 T85 C x 75 260 Gas IIB T5 T6 Flameproof o DVC6005 Dust T5 Tamb 80 C IP 66 Ex tD A21 IP 66 85 Tamb lt 80 C T6 Tamb lt 70 C ATEX Ex tD A21 IP 66 75 lt 70 amp I3GD Gas ExnL T5 T6 Typen 4 Dust M T5 Tamb 80 IP66 Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb lt 80 C T6 amp 79 C Ex tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb lt 75 Gas gm Uj 210 VDC 5 T4 T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety 4 4 lt 125 Ci 0nF 5 IP66 Ex iaD 20 T135 C Tamb 125 C Ld mH 99
75. 2 1 5 sq mm 121 9 400 0 008 0 025 BELDEN 8303 22 awg 63 0 206 7 0 030 0 098 BELDEN 8441 22 awg 83 2 273 0 030 0 098 BELDEN 8767 22 awg 76 8 252 0 030 0 098 BELDEN 8777 22 awg 54 9 180 0 030 0 098 BELDEN 9501 24 awg 50 0 164 0 048 0 157 BELDEN 9680 24 awg 21 5 90 2 0 048 0 157 BELDEN 9729 24 awg 22 1 72 5 0 048 0 157 BELDEN 9773 18 awg 54 9 180 0 012 0 042 BELDEN 9829 24 awg 27 1 88 9 0 048 0 157 BELDEN 9873 20 awg 54 9 180 0 020 0 069 1 The capacitance values represent capacitance from one conductor to all other conductors and shield This is the appropriate value to use in the cable length calculations 2 The resistance values include both wires of the twisted pair 1 POTENTIOMETER MILLIAMMETER i pim VOLTMETER CIRCUIT UNDER TEST O0 A6192 1 IL El Figure 2 24 Voltage Test Schematic The following example shows how to calculate the The HART communication cable length is limited by cable length for a Foxboro I A control system 1988 the cable characteristic capacitance To increase with C master Of 50 000 pF and a Belden 9501 cable cable length select a wire with lower capacitance per with characteristic capacitance of 5OpF ft foot Contact your Emerson Process Management Length ft 160 000 50 000pF 50pF ft sales office for specific information relating to your trol system Length 2200 ft control system 2 2
76. 3 or EF8316G 304 ensure that the solenoid valve s selection gasket is in the External Position The use of external piloting requires the pilot pressure to be at least 15 psig higher than the main line pressure continued on next page December 2008 Installation EFX8553G 305 103594 or EFX8551G 305 To set the digital valve controller Control Mode for 103594 low powered solenoid valves operation in an SIS 2 wire system select Configure with aluminum bodies can be used Setup Basic Setup and Setup Wizard from the Online where the application requires zero menu differential pressure and when the solenoid valve exhaust port is connected to another solenoid valve used as a selector or diverter For more information refer to the ASCO catalog or contact your Emerson Process Management sales office gt Note To ensure correct installation follow See the separate FIELDVUE LC340 Line Conditioner the Basic Setup procedures as Instruction Manual D102797X012 for detailed described in Section 3 installation information The Setup Wizard will automatically setup the instrument for a 2 wire installation based upon the printed wiring board DIP switch setting December 2008 2 31 DVC6000 SIS LCP100 24 VDC POWERED LOGIC SOLVER OUTPUT 4 20 mA SWITCH TO PROPER LCP100 USER SUPPLIED POSTION ACCORDING m AUX
77. 4 AND ANSI ISA RP12 6 2 CLASS 1 DIV 2 APPLICATIONS MUST BE INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED IN NEC ARTICLE 501 408 EQUIPMENT AND FIELD WIRING IS NON INCENDIVE WHEN CONNECTED TO APPROVED BARRIERS WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS 3 LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 4 MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms 5 RESISTANCE BETWEEN BARRIER GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUST BE LESS THAN ONE 6 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS 30 VDC 20 mADC 7 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST BE FM APPROVED AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER S CONTROL DRAWING 8 FOR ENTITY INSTALLATION 4 5 AND Vmax gt Voc or Vt Ci Ccable lt Ca Imax gt Isc or It Li Leable lt La Pi gt Po or Pt SEE NOTE 7 2983427 8 DOC Figure C 4 FM Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS Digital Valve Controllers HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION LS CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS CLASS DIV 2 GROUPS DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 59005 Vmax 10 Vdc Voc 96 VDC Vmax 30 VDC Imax 4 mA Isc 3 5 mA Imax 226 mA FM APPROVED BARRIER Ci 0 UF 3 6 UF Ci 5 nF SEE NOTE 8 Li 0 mH La 100 mH Li 0 55 mH Pi 10 mw Po 8 4 mW Pi 14 W SEE NOTE 7 1 NOTES 1 THE INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NEO SEE NOTR 26 NFPA 70
78. 4 inches of travel Where a key number is referenced figure 8 6 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment 2 Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector 3 Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve controller housing 4 If valve travel exceeds 2 inches a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2 inch feedback arm Remove the existing bias spring key 78 from the 2 inch feedback arm key 79 Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm key 79 as shown in figure 2 2 5 Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Setthe position of the feedback arm key 79 on the digital valve controller to the no air position by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole on the feedback arm as follows For air to open actuators i e the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked A For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates counterclockwise from A to B as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases For air to close actuat
79. 40 C TO 80 C NEPSI CERT NO GYJ04504 GYJ04505 MAREHALLTOWR IGW A USA F SHER MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC Ex ia T5 Ta 80 C T6 Ta 75 C MFG LOCATION MAX SUPPLY 145 PSI HART Ui 30VDC li 226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li 0 55mH ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X IP66 Ex EXEPT ACETYLENE 5 80 C T6 Ta 75 CAUTION W ARNINGS DIP A21 T5 Ta 80 o PROTECT PRODUCT FROM STATIC BUILDUP HARTA o DO NOT OPEN COVER WHEN CIRCUIT 15 ENERGIZED EGER A SERIAL INPUT Bef ref DVC6010 SIS 6020 SIS 6030 SIS Figure C 11 NEPSI Nameplate Intrinsic Safety Dust Flameproof Dust December 2008 C 9 DVC6000 SIS C 10 December 2008 Glossary Alert Point An adjustable value that when exceeded activates an alert Algorithm A set of logical steps to solve a problem or accomplish a task A computer program contains one or more algorithms Alphanumeric Consisting of letters and numbers Analog Input Units Units in which the analog input is displayed and maintained in the instrument ANSI acronym The acronym ANSI stands for the American National Standards Institute ANSI Class Valve pressure temperature rating Auto Test The digital valve controller can be configured to automatically run the partial stroke test Auxiliary Input Alert Checks the status of the auxiliary input a discrete input When enabled the Auxiliary Input Alert is active when the auxiliary input terminals ar
80. 6 Wiring Length Guidelines 6 6 auxiliary terminal button 4 12 bias spring 2 6 2 13 Burst Mode 4 5 Commands 4 6 Enabling 4 5 C Calibration Analog Input 5 10 Auto Calibrate Travel 5 3 Index Error Messages 5 4 Manual Calibrate Travel 5 4 Pressure Sensors 5 6 PST 5 12 Relay Adjustment 5 10 Sensor Calibration 5 6 Pressure Sensors 5 6 Travel Auto 5 3 Manual 5 4 Analog Calibration Adjust 5 4 Index 1 DVC6000 SIS Digital Calibration Adjust 5 5 Travel Sensor 5 7 Travel Sensor Adjust 5 7 Calibration Travel 5 3 Calibration amp Diagnostics 4 19 Calibration Status and Location 4 21 Classifications Certifications 1 5 Communication Cable Capacitance 2 25 Communication Connections 2 24 Connections Electrical 4 20 mA Loop 2 20 Communication 2 24 Test 2 24 Pneumatic Output 2 17 Supply 2 16 Pressure 2 16 Vent 2 18 Control Mode 4 5 Control S ystem Requirements Compliance Voltage 2 25 Voltage Available 2 24 CSA Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 7 Loop Schematics DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS C 2 DVC6005 SIS C 2 Nameplates C 3 Special Conditions of Safe Use 2 3 Cycle Count 4 17 Cycle Counter Displaying Value 6 9 Enabling Alert 4 17 Resetting 4 18 D Date 4 20 4 21 DD Information 6 10 Declaration of SEP 1 6 Define Custom Characteristic 4 14 Demand Mode Tests 6 7 Point to P oint Mode 6 7 when LCP 100 is used 6 8 Descrip
81. 6 December 2008 Installation Installation in a Safety Instrumented S ystem A DVC6000 SIS instrument may be used in a Safety Instrumented S ystem SIS to control operation of a safety block valve or vent valve The actuator may be either single acting or double acting with spring return DVC6000 SIS instruments will have the label shown in figure 2 25 on the terminal box cover The digital valve controller may be installed with a 2 Figure 2 25 Terminal Box Cover Label on FIELDVUE DVC6000 solenoid valve in either a 4 wire system figure 2 27 A in a 2 wire system figure 2 28 or a 2 wire system ele Digital Valye Controllers without a solenoid valve figure 2 29 The digital valve controller ships from the factory with the DIP switch on the printed wiring board set to the correct position per aT D M o the ordered option Mob emini NO TYPE 8 When operating with a 4 20 mA current signal the digital valve controller must be setup for point to point Tie AREA operation When operating with a voltage signal the OPERATIONAL MODE SET AT THE FACTORY digital valve controller must be setup for multi drop MU DEAS 0768 operation The operational mode is determined by a DIP switch on the printed wiring board As shown Figure 2 26 Typical Digital Valve Controller Nameplate figure 2 26 the nameplate
82. 85 T6 Tamb 75 C tD A21 IP66 T90 C Tamb 85 C AMB TEMP TO 85 tD A21 IP66 T80 C Tamb 75 LI 66 30VDC DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE GE35166 1180 DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S SIS DVC6030S SIS LCIE 02 ATEX 6001X 1D A21 IP66 T85 C Tamb 80 C C E AMB TEMP 40 TO 80 Ex 1D 21 IP66 T75 C Tamb 70 C IP66 30VDC DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING Q E HON NC SUPPLY MEDIUM AIR N2 145 PSI MAX DVC6005 SIS GE35167 AMB TEMP 609 125 C IP66 10VDC MAX 5mADC MAX P LCIE 02 ATEX 6001X 2G amp D Ex d T4 Tamb 125 C T5 Tamb 95 T6 Tamb 80 C E O tD A21 IP66 T130 C Tamb 125 C GE35168 Ex tD A21 IP66 T100 C Tamb 95 C O tD A21 IP66 85 80 C DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING DVC 6015 DVC 6025 DVC 6035 Figure C 8 ATEX Nameplates Flameproof Dust Tight December 2008 C 7 DVC6000 SIS P LCIE 02 ATEX 6003X Ex 1 5 80 T6 Tamb 75 tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb 80 AMB TEMP TO 80 tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb 75 C IP66 30VDC DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING C Q AT Or x 8 9 450 SUPPLY MEDIUM AIR N2 145 PSI MAX e mH DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S
83. C6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Introduction and Specifications Section 1 Introduction and Specifications PERI Scope of Manual 1 2 Conventions Used in this Manual 1 2 DESCHOUOM RAE d EE VERE FIRE MEE NS 1 2 Specific allolis orco t 1 3 Related Documents 1 3 Educational Services 1 7 December 2008 1 1 DVC6000 SIS Table 1 1 FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Capabilities Auto Calibration Custom Characterization Alerts Step Response Drive Signal Test amp Dynamic Error Band Advanced Diagnostics Valve Signature Performance Tuner Performance Diagnostics Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring Partial Stroke Testing 1 Available in Firmware Revision 7 and higher Scope of Manual This instruction manual includes specifications installation operation and maintenance information for FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers for Safety Instrumented System 515 Solutions This instruction manual describes using the 375 Field Communicator with device description revision 1 used with DVC6000 SIS device revision 2 firmware revision 7 to setup and calibrate the instrument You can also use Fisher ValveLink Software version 7 3 or
84. C60x0 DVC60x0S Explosion Proof x 1 2 3 Class Division T6 Tamp 80 4X Class Division 1 GP B C D Class Division 2 GP A B C D Class 11 111 Division 1 GP E F G T6 Tamb 80 C 4X Class 11 111 Division 2 GP F G Intrinsic S afety Vmax 30 VDC Voc 29 6 VDC Class Division Imax 226 mA lsc 3 5 mA Class 1 1 Division 1 GP A B C D E 5 3 6 uF T6 Tamb lt 60 C 4X F G per drawing 29B3521 Lj 20 55 mH La 2100 mH P 14W 28 4 mW DVC6005 Explosion P roof FM Class Division T6 Tamp 60 C 4X Class Division 1 GP C D Class Division 2 GP A B C D Class 11 111 Division 1 GP E F G T6 Tamp 60 4X Class 11 111 Division 2 GP F G D Vmax 10 VDC Intrinsic Safety Imax 4 MA T4 Tamb 125 C Class Division 7 nF AX Class 1 1 1 Division 1 GP A B C D Jem mH T5 Tamp 95 C E F G per drawing 29B3521 10 mw T6 Tamp x 80 C DVC60x5 Explosion P roof T4 Tamp x 125 C x 1 2 3 Class Division 5 lt 95 4X Class Division 1 GP A B C D T6 Tamp 80 Class Division 2 GP A B C D T4 Tamp 125 C Class Division 1 GP E F G 5 lt 95 4 Class 11 111 Division 2 GP F G T6 Tamp lt 80 C 1 8 December 2008 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 6 Hazardous Area Classifications ATEX Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code 9
85. CK ARM EXTENSION BIAS SPRING MACHINE SCREW SHIELD MACHINE SCREW LOCK WASHER HEX NUT CONNECTOR ARM ADJ USTMENT ARM MACHINE SCREW FLAT HEAD LOCK WASHER HEX NUT FLANGED LOCK WASHER PLAIN WASHER Figure 2 2 FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding Stem Actuators with 2 to 4 Inches Travel SPRING RELAXED FEEDBACK ARM BIAS SPRING ADJ USTMENT ARM PIN BIAS SPRING SPRING UNDER TENSION OF AT209 IL ADJUSTMENT ARM PIN Figure 2 3 Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm 4 If valve travel exceeds 2 inches a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2 inch feedback arm Remove the existing bias spring key 78 from the 2 inch feedback arm key 79 Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm key 79 as shown in figure 2 2 5 Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 2 6 6 Setthe position of the feedback arm key 79 on the digital valve controller to the no air position by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole on the feedback arm as follows For air to open actuators i e the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked A For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates counterclockwise from A to B as air pressure to the casing or lo
86. Control 3 Alerts 4 Status 4 5 Instrument 4 6 Valve amp Actuator 7 SIS Partial Stroke 3 Restart Ctrl Mode Response Control 2 55 Control 4 Define Cust Char LE Burst Mode 1 Burst Enable 2 Burst Command 3 Cmd 3 Trending P ress 1 2 1 4 Tuning 1 Travel Tuning 2 Integral Settings 3 Pressure Tuning 1 2 2 1 Tvi Press Control 1 Tvl P ress Cutoffs 2 End PtPress Control 1 2 2 2 Dynamic Response 1 2 2 5 1 SP Rate Open 5 Dynamic Response 2 SP Rate Close 3 Lag Time Alerts 12 7 SIS Partial Stroke Valve Actuator 1 Electronics Alerts Ly 1 PST Enable 1 2 6 1 Manufacturer 1 2 3 2 Sensor Alerts 2 PST Vars View Edit 2 Valve Serial Num 3 Enviroment Alerts 3 Auto Test Interval 3 Valve Style 2 TES IE 4 DVC Power U 4 Actuator Style ravel History Ale p 6 SIS Alerts 1 Configure Setup 5 Feedback Conn d 1 Basic Setup 6 Tvl Sensor Motion ert Recor 2 Detailed Setu Calibrate 3 Calibrate 13 1 Travel Calibration Status 2 Sensor Calibration 1 2 4 nstrument ime 3 Relay Adjust 1 3 1_ Travel Calibration 2 Calibrations and Diagnostics 4 Restore Factory 1 AutoT vi Calib 3 Operational Settings 2 Man Tvl Calib 4 Integrator r Calibration 1 3 2 Sensor Calibration Online Device Diagnostic
87. EM Figure 4 7 Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding Stem Actuator Up to 4 inch Travel e Valve Serial Num Enter the serial number for the valve in the application with up to 12 characters Valve Style Enter the valve style rotary or sliding stem Actuator Style Enter the actuator style spring and diaphragm piston double acting without spring piston single acting with spring or piston double acting with spring e Feedback Conn Select Rotary All SStem Roller or SStem Standard For rotary valves enter Rotary All SStem Roller For sliding stem valves if the feedback linkage consists of a connector arm adjustment arm and feedback arm similar to figure 4 7 enter SStem Standard If the feedback linkage consists of a roller that follows a cam similar to figure 4 8 enter Rotary All SStem Roller Tvi Sensor Motion Select Clockwise or Counterclockwise Travel Sensor Motion establishes the proper travel sensor rotation Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft from the perspective of the actuator 4 22 STEM CONNECTOR 2981665 A DOC i Figure 4 8 Feedback Connection for Typical Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuator 4 to 24 Inches Travel For instruments with Relay A and C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn clockw
88. Flash ROM Fail No Free Time Reference Voltage Fail Drive Current F ail Critical NVM Fail Temperature Sensor Fail Pressure Sensor Fail Travel Sensor Fail Failure Alerts Miscellaneous Alerts Auxiliary input e Calibrations amp Diagnostics 1 2 4 2 e Cal Progress Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates that calibration is in progress e AutoCal in Progress Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates that auto calibration is in progress e Diag in Progress Enab Y es or No When enabled indicates that a diagnostic testis in progress e Diag Data Avail Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when there is diagnostic data available Operational 1 2 4 3 e Press Ctrl Active Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when Pressure Control is active e Multi Drop Enab Yes No When enabled indicates the digital valve controller is operating in a multi drop loop Integrator 1 2 4 4 e Integrator Sat Hi Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when the Integrator S aturated High alert is active e Integrator Sat Lo Enab Y es or No When enabled indicates when the Integrator Saturated Lo alert is active e Integ Limit The Integral Limit provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 10096 of the I P drive signal e integ DeadZ Integral Dead Zone is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which integral action is disabled Thi
89. G DIRECT OUTPUT B IS PLUGGED 2 FOR SINGLE ACTING REVERSE OUTPUT A IS PLUGGED 48B7710 K SHT 2 DOC Parts SINGLE ACTING REVERSE Figure 8 5 Typical FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series DVC6005 SIS Base Unit Gauge Configuration DLL res Gace 4 1 SECTION SECTION APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTE 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 49B7986 A Figure 8 6 FIELDVUE DVC6015 Feedback Unit Assembly December 2008 SECTION D D 8 13 DVC6000 SIS 256 49 254 261 253 258 1 44 1 p 11 7 SECTION NN RS 83 2 93 SECTION APPLY LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK N 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 49B7987 A IL Figure 8 7 FIELDVUE DVC6025 Feedback Unit Assembly 8 14 December 2008 2224 N LISS ES N 7 2 ANI XS SECTION B B APPLY LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 49B7988 A Decemb
90. IIB 5 76 Flameproof oa TAU amb IP66 T6 Tamb lt 75 C Gas 225 T5 Tamp lt 80 IP66 Ex nC T5 T6 T6 lt 75 Gas Uj 210 VDC Ex ia T4 T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety lj24 mA T4 Tamp 125 C a T5 Tamp lt 95 IP 66 0m P 10 mW T6 Tamp 80 DVC60x5 Gas T4 Tamp lt 125 C x 212 3 4 T4 T5 T6 Flameproof 222272 T5 Tamp 95 IP66 T6 Tamp lt 80 C T4 Tamp lt 125 C 283 222 o IP66 Ex nA IIC T4 T5 T6 Type n T5 Tamp 95 T6 Tamp 80 C Table 1 8 Hazardous Area Classifications NEPSI Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Rn Gas Uj 230V Ex ia IIC T5 T6 Intrinsic Safety lj 226 mA 4 Dust Cj 5 nF T5 Tamb 80 IP 66 DIP A21 T5 Li 20 55 mH T6 Tamp 75 X Pji214W NEPSI 12 3 i Gas T5 T6 1 Flameproof T5 Tamb lt 80 C 66 Dust m 6 Tamb 75 DIP A21T5 T6 Tamp 75 1 Except acetylene Table 1 9 Hazardous Area Classifications INMETRO X s Enclosure Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Rating BR Ex ia IIC T5 Ujz30V lj 2180 mA Ci 5 nF T5 Tamb lt 80 C aie INMETRO DVC 60x0 Li 20 55 mH x 1 2 3 i Pjzl4W BR Exd IIB H2 T6 T6 Tamb x 75 1 10 December 2008 Installation Section 2 Installation Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations in Hazardous Areas Mounting DVC6010 SI
91. ITAL Point to Point ANALOG Zero Power Condition Valve Closed Analog In Range Low 4mA Analog In Range High 20 mA Analog Input Units mA Feedback Connection Rotary AII 2 Travel Sensor Motion Clockwise 2 Instrument Auxiliary Terminal Mode Push Button Partial Configuration Stroke Test Max Supply Pressure 50 2 Pressure Units PSI Temperature Units Polling Address 0 Burst Mode Enable No Burst Command 3 Cmd 43 Trending Pressure For double acting actuators differential output pressure For single acting actuators actuator pressure Tuning Set F 2 Input Characteristic Linear Travel Limit High 125 Travel Limit Low 25 oki Travel P ressure Cutoff High 5096 Tuning Travel P ressure Cutoff Low 5096 Set Point Rate Open 096 sec Set Point Rate Close 0 sec Set Point Filter Lag Time 0 sec Partial Stroke Start Point Valve Open Cycle Count Alert Enable No Cycle Count Alert Deadband 1 Cycle Count Alert Point 1 000 000 Mein History Travel Accumulator Alert No Enable Travel Accumulator Deadband 196 Travel Accumulator Alert Point 100000096 Travel Deviation Alert Enable Yes Travel Deviation Alert Point 596 Travel Deviation Time 10 sec Pressure Deviation Alert Enable YES Deviation amp Other Alerts Pressure Deviation Alert Point 5 psi Pressure Deviation Alert Time 30 sec Drive Signal Al
92. Inches of Travel If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that 2 12 SPACER 1 INCH 1 4 20 HEX HEAD SCREW W8473 1L STANDOFF 4 INCH 1 4 20 HEX HEAD SCREW MOUNTING BRACKET W8474 IL PIPESTAND MOUNTING Figure 2 13 FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit Mounting come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model Note Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2 11 when installing a DVC6015 remote feedback unit The DVC6015 remote feedback unit mounts on sliding stem actuators with up to 102 mm 4 inch December 2008 travel Figure 2 1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm 2 inch travel Figure 2 2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm 2 to 4 inch travel For actuators with greater than 102 mm 4 inch travel see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6025 remote feedback unit Note While the housing differs on the DVC6015 and the DVC6010 SIS feedback parts are the same Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with up to
93. Instruction Manual DVC6000 SIS December 2008 Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controllers for S afety Introduction and Specifications Instrumented System installation SIS Solutions Basic Setup Detailed Setup Calibration Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Maintenance and Troubleshooting Parts Appendices Principle of Operation 375 Field Communicator Basics Loop Schematics Nameplates This manual applies to Glossary 5 375 Field DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controllers Communicator Index EN E Device F irmware H ardwa re 2 Revision Revision Revision Revision 2 7 1 1 1 3 EMERSON www Fisher com He DVC6000 SIS Fast Key Sequence Function Variable Fast Key Sequence Coord inates 1 Function Variable Fast Key Sequence Coord inates 1 Actuator Style 1 2 6 4 4 D Drive Signal Alert Enable 1 2 3 1 2 1 10 C Alert Conditions 2 1 2 E DVC Power Up 1 2 7 4 3 D Alert Record Full Enable 1 2 3 7 2 8 F End Point Control Enable 1 2 2 2 2 1 6 C Alert Record Not Empty Alert Enable 1 2 3 7 1 8 F Failure Group Enable 1 2 3 7 5 1 10 G Analog Input 3 1 2 F Feedback Connection 1 2 6 5 4 D Analog Input Calibration 1 3 2 3 4 E Firmware Revision 3 7 6 4 H Analog Input Range Hi 1 2 5 3 1 6 H
94. L VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A OPSI IN THIS POSITION THE B HOLE IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLERS HOUSING E0989 DOC 7 MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DVC6030 SIS FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT STARTING POSITION OF THE ACTUATOR TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT Figure 2 9 Explanation of Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Clockwise Orientation is Selected for Sensor Motion in ValveLink Software or the 375 Field Communicator 2 10 December 2008 Installation MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DVC6030 SIS FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT 19B3879 A DOC 2 STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A AT 0 PSI STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR IN THIS POSITION THE A HOLE ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE ALIG
95. LE COMPROMETTRE LA SECURITE INTRINSEQUE o FISHER CTT BIEN FERME TANT QUE LES TYPE 4X 66 SEAL NOT REQUIRED 4 2 CIRCUITS SONT SOUS TENSION REFER TO MANUAL FOR MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE 2 e SERIAL INPUT TYPE Heer 2 DVC6005 SIS AMB TEMP 60 C 125 C T4 Tamb 125 C T5 Tamb 95 C T6 Tamb lt 80 C NEMA IP66 CL l DIV 1 GP BCD CL DIV 2 ABCD CL Il DIV 1 2 GP EFG WARNING DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE FISHER OPENING AVERTISSEMENT NE PAS OUVRIR SOUS TENSION Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE SECURITE INTRINSEQUE Q IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AVERTISSEMENT LA SUBSTITUTION DE COMPOSANTS PEUT COMPROMETTRE LA SECURITE INTRINSEQUE MAX VOLTAGE 10 VDC MAX CURRENT 5 mADC CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG 29B3520 OR GE07476 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY SA O DVC 6015 DVC 6025 DVC 6035 Figure C 3 CSA Nameplates December 2008 3 DVC6000 SIS HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION LS CLASS 1 GROUPS AB CDE F G N CLASS DIV 2 GROUPS DVC6010 DVC6020 DVC6030 DVC6010S DVC6020S DVC6030S Vmax 30 VDC Imax 226 mA FM APPROVED BARRIER 5 nF 1 SEE NOTE 8 Li 0 55 mH Pi 14 W NOTES 1 1 THE INSTALLATION MUST BE ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 70 ARTICLE 50
96. Lag Time Slows the response of the digital valve controller A value ranging from 0 2 to 10 0 can be used for noisy or fast processes to improve closed loop process control Entering a value of 0 0 will deactivate the lag filter Alerts 1 2 3 The following menus are available for configuring alerts and shutdowns Items on the menus may be changed with the instrument In Service Protection does not need to be removed no need to set to December 2008 None Alerts are not processed when a diagnostic is in progress Select Configure Setup Detailed Setup and Alerts Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to configure the following Alerts Electronic Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Travel History Alerts SIS Alerts and Alert Record Note The Alerts section covers alerts and shutdowns An alert if enabled can provide information on operational and performance issues A shutdown if enabled will typically shut the instrument down if there is a failure associated with the enabled shutdown e Electronics Alerts 1 2 3 1 e Drive Current Shutdown Drive Current Shutdown describes the status of I P current should the current fail the digital valve controller will drive the output to its safe condition Drive Current Shutdown is part of Self Test shutdown Default is not enabled Drive Signal Alert 1 2 3 1 2 Drive Signal Alert checks the drive signal and calibrated tr
97. NED WITH THE REFERENCE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE CONTROLLERS HOUSING BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT Figure 2 10 Explanation of Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Counterclockwise Orientation is Selected for Travel Sensor Motion in ValveLink Software or the 375 Field Communicator Note ValveLink Software and the 375 Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise figure 2 9 and counterclockwise figure 2 10 when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the back of the FIELDVUE instrument TRAVEL 5 Attach the travel indicator to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions 4884164 8 DOC BIAS SPRING 6 Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve Figure 2 11 Positioning Travel Indicator P in in the Feedback Arm controller Viewed as if Looking from the FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS toward T the Actuator 7 Position the digital valve controller so that the pin on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback arm and the bias spring loads the pin as shown in ideli i figure 2 11 Attach the digital valve controller to the Mounting the DVC6005 actuator or positioner plate ase For remote mounted digital valve controllers the 8 Ifa travel indicator scale is included in the DVC6005 SIS base unit ships separately from the mounting k
98. OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN LC340 LINE CONDITIONER 1 4 18 NPT X 3 8 OD TUBING an ELECTRICAL WIRING qu ASCO LOW POWER CONSUMPTION SOLENOID VALVE DE ENERGIZED EXTERNAL PILOT LOADING GASKET COVER INTERNAL COVERED EXTERNAL EXPOSED VENT PISTON ACTUATOR VALVE DISC FAILS CLOCKWISE ON LOSS OF AIR NORMALLY VALVE IS FULLY OPEN WITH WITH VOLTAGE TO DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER 115 AN AIR SUPPLY LINE IS NEEDED FOR EXTERNAL PILOTED SOLENOID VALVE CONTACT YOUR EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT SALES OFFICE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1986915 19B6917 A E0770 1 SUPPLY DVC6000 SIS SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER PRINTED WIRING BOARD DIP SWITCH SET FOR MULTI DROP UP POSITION Figure 2 28 Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 2 Wire SIS System Table 2 2 Maximum Loop Wire Resistance per Logic Solver Output Voltage Logic Solver Maximum Maximum Wire Length feet Output Loop Wire Voltage Resistance VDC Ohms 22 AWG 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG 24 00 32 0 952 1429 2381 3175 23 75 21 0 804 1205 2009 2679 23 50 22 0 655 982 1637 2183 23 25 17 0 506 759 1265 1687 23 00 12 0 357 536 893 1190 22 75 7 0 208 313 521 694 22 50 2 0 60 89 149 198 1 Maximums in this table assume a line conditioner and a solenoid that requires a minimum of 20 4 V and 42 mA
99. Out Of Service the same type must put it In Service For example if a device set up as a primary master takes an instrument Out Of Service a device setup as a primary master must be used to place the instrument In Service December 2008 Quick Opening A valve flow characteristic where most of the change in flow rate takes place for small amounts of stem travel from the closed position The flow characteristic curve is basically linear through the first 40 percent of stem travel One of the input characteristics available for a FIELDVUE digital valve controller See also Equal Percentage and Linear Random Access Memory RAM A type of semiconductor memory that is normally used by the microprocessor during normal operation that permits rapid retrieval and storage of programs and data See also Read Only Memory ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM Rate Amount of change in output proportional to the rate of change in input Read Only Memory ROM A memory in which information is stored at the time of instrument manufacture Y ou can examine but not change ROM contents Seat Load Force exerted on the valve seat typically expressed in pounds force per lineal inch of port circumference Seat load is determined by shutoff requirements Set Point Filter Time The time constant in seconds for the first order input filter Software Microprocessor or computer programs and routines that reside in alterable memory usually RAM
100. RMALLY VALVE IS FULLY OPEN WITH WITH VOLTAGE TO DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER 1 4 18 NPT X 3 8 OD TUBING ELECTRICAL WIRING SUPPLY DVC6000 SIS SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER PRINTED WIRING BOARD DIP SWITCH SET FOR MULTI DROP UP POSITION E1043 Figure 2 29 Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 2 Wire SIS System without a Solenoid Valve Make connections to the line conditioner as follows CAUTION Do not overtighten the wiring connection terminals or subject them to heavy lateral pushing loads This could damage the line conditioner 1 Be sure the digital valve controller DIP switch is set for multi drop operation 2 Connect the digital valve controller terminal to the line conditioner FLD terminal 3 Connect the digital valve controller LOOP terminal to the line conditioner FLD terminal 4 Connectthe solenoid valve field terminals to the line conditioner FLD and terminals 5 Connectthe logic solver outputto the line conditioner SYS and terminals 2 30 Note Using the digital valve controller in a 2 wire system multi drop operation with an ASCO low power solenoid valve EF8316G 303 EF8316G304 EFX8553G 305 103594 or EFX8551G 305 103594 or an equivalent low power solenoid valve requires a line conditioner Using a low power piloted solenoid valve requires a separate air supply When using an EF8316G30
101. ROFE Pmax 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low Spring and open Closed Pmin 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low Diaphragm Pmax 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low 105g Closed Pmin 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low Pmin 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set open Closed Pmax 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low 0 5 P min Closed Pmax 0 5 P supply Pmax Aore Pmax 0 5 P supply Pmax 1 i open Closed 0 5 Pmin Single Acting Piston Pmax 4 0 5 P supply Pmax Seed Closed 0 5 Pmin B 0 5 Pmin Closed Pmax 0 5 P supply Pmax Pmin 0 5 Psupply P min Closed Pmax 0 5 P supply Pmax Double Acting P iston A Pmax 4 0 5 P supply Pmax Operi Closed Pmin 0 5 P supply P min Note The Max Travel Movement is the percentage of total span that the valve moves away from its operating state towards its fail state during a Partial Stroke Test Stroke Speed The stroke speed can be set for 1 second 0 5 second 0 25 second 0 12 second or 0 06 second The default value for Partial Stroke Speed is 0 25 second For large size actuators set the stroke speed to 0 06 second Pause Time The Setup Wizard sets the Partial Stroke Pause Time to 5 seconds This is the pause time between the up and down strokes of the test It can be set for 5 10 15 20 or 30 seconds PST Press Limit single acting actuators Du
102. ROVED Lo o DVC 6015 DVC 6025 DVC 6035 Figure C 6 FM Nameplates DVC6000 SIS LCIE 02 ATEX 6002X Ex ia 5 80 T6 Tamb 75 20 100 80 C AMB TEMP TO 80 20 T85 C Tamb 75 O IP66 30VDC MAX Ui 30V li 226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li 0 55mH O 1180 11680 SUPPLY MEDIUM AIR N2 145PSI GE35087 DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S SIS DVC6030S SIS LCIE 02 ATEX 6002X Ex ia T5 Tamb 80 C T6 Tamb 75 C 20 Ti00 C Tamb 80 AMB TEMP 40 80 20 T85 C Tamb 75 IP66 30VDC Ui 30V li 226mA Pi 1 4W Cim5nF Li 0 55mH Uo 9 6V lo 3 5mA Po 8 4mW Co 3 6uF Lo 100mH Q 1180 Tcu SUPPLY MEDIUM N2 145 PSI SRI DVC6005 SIS GE35084 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C IP66 10VDC 5mADC LCIE 02 ATEX 6002X T4 Tamb 125 T5 Tamb 95 T6 Tamb 80 Fister 20 135 125 C 20 T100 C Tamb 95 C iaD 20 T85 C Tamb 80 C 1180 O GE35086 Ui 10V li 5mA 10 Li 0mH 6015 DVC6025 DVC 6035 Figure C 7 ATEX Nameplates Intrinsic Safety Dust Tight C 6 December 2008 Loop Schematics Nameplate P LCIE 02 ATEX 6001X d 2 T5 Tamb
103. Rev Device Revision Firmware Rev Firmware Revision Hardware Rev Hardware Revision Inst Level Instrument Level and HART Univ Rev HART Universal Revision e Hart Tag A HART tag is a unique name up to eight characters that identifies the physical instrument e Device ID Each instrument has a unique Device Identifier The device ID provides additional security to prevent this instrument from accepting commands meant for other instruments 6 10 Table 6 2 Functions Available for Instrument Level Functions Available Communicates with 375 Field Communicator and ValveLink Software Provides travel cutoffs and limits minimum opening and closing times input characterization linear equal percentage quick opening and custom trending with ValveLink Solo and the following alerts travel deviation travel alert high low high high and low low drive signal auxiliary terminal cycle counter and travel accumulation With ValveLink S oftware all offline diagnostic tests dynamic error band drive signal step response and valve signature plus online trending and partial stroke test e Manufacturer Identifies the manufacturer of the instrument e Model Identifies the instrument model e Device Rev Device Revision is the revision number of the software for communication between the Field Communicator and the instrument e Firmware Rev Firmware Revision is the revision number of the fi
104. S CONTROL DRAWING 4 FOR ENTITY INSTALLATION Vmax gt Voc Imax gt Isc Ci Ccable Ca Li Lcable La 2983428 DOC Figure C 1 CSA Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS Digital Valve Controllers HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS CLASS Il DIV 1 GROUPS CLASS II DVC6015 6025 6035 6005 10 VDC 9 6 VDC Vmax 30 VDC CSA APPROVED BARRIER Imax 4 mA Isc 35 mA Imax 226 mA SEE NOTE 4 Ci 0 uF Ca 36 uF Ci 5 Li O mH La 100 mH Li 0 55 mH SEE NOTE 5 a NOTES 1 BARRIERS MUST BE CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS SEE NOTE 3 AND ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER S LS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2 EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE CEC PART 1 3 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER S CONTROL DRAWING 1 4 FOR ENTITY INSTALLATION Vmax gt Voc Imax gt Isc Ci lt Li Lcable lt La 5 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 MAY BE CONNECTED TO DVC6005 OR OTHER CSA APPROVED EQUIPMENT WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET Vmax Voc gt Isc Ci Ccable lt Ca Li Lcoble lt La
105. S on Sliding Stem Actuators up to 4 inches travel DVC6020 SIS on Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuators 4 to 24 inches travel and Rotary Actuators DVC6030 SIS on Quarter Turn Actuators Guidelines for Mounting DVC6005 SIS Base Unit Wall Mo ntlhg Pipestarid Mounting rerom etr b vU adu DVC6015 on Sliding Stem Actuators up to 4 inches DVC6025 on Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuators 4 to 24 inches travel and Rotary Actuators DVC6035 on Quarter Turn Actuators 67CFR Filter Regulator Integral Mounted Yoke Mounted Casing Mounted Pneumatic Connections Supply Connections uv Cata ecd e S ade pof Macon Output rectius eR EM E Sate See ee tok Single Acting Actuators Double Acting Actuiators Electrical Connections 4 20 mA Loop Connections eua aes Remote Travel S
106. SIS DVC6030S SIS 5091 02 ATEX 6003 Ex T5 Tamb 80 T6 Tamb 75 C tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb 80 AMB TEMP 40 C TO 80 C tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb 75 C e 66 30VDC MAX DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING FGUNDATION 8 0 D SUPPLY MEDIUM AIR 2 145 PSI MAX DVC6005 SIS GE35089 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C IP66 10VDC 5mADC LCIE 02 ATEX 6003X Ex nA T4 Tamb 125 C T5 Tamb 95 6 80 tD 22 IP66 T130 C Tamb 125 C GE35090 tD A22 IP66 T100 C Tamb lt 95 Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb 80 C DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING DVC6015 DVC 6025 DVC 6035 Figure C 9 ATEX Nameplates Type n Dust Tight C 8 December 2008 Loop Schematics Nameplate FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC Pi CERT NO IECEx CSA 04 0004X MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA FISHER ia 5 80 C T6 Ta 75 MFG LOCATION HART Ui 30VDC li 226mA 5 Li 0 55mH FIELDBUS Ui 24VDC li 226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li 0mH FISCO Ui 17 5VDC li 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 5nF Li 0mH AMB TEMP TO 80 C 4 FOUNDA C MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC Ex d IIB H2 5 80 6 75 C HARTA NEMA 4 IP66 Ex 5 80 6 75 REFER TO MANUAL FOR MAX S
107. UPPLY PRESSURE SERIAL INPUT TYPE NO DC G DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6010S SIS DVC6020S SIS DVC6030S SIS CERT NO IECEx CSA 04 0004X FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC FISHE 8 Ex ia T5 Ta 80 C T6 Ta 75 C HART Ui 30VDC 1 226 Pi 1 4W 5 Li 0 55mH 5 Uo 9 6VDC lo 3 5mA Po 8 4mW Co 3 6uF Lo 100mH TEMP 40 TO 80 FIELDBUS Ui 24VDC li2226mA Pi 1 4W 5 Li 0mH MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC FISCO Ui 17 5VDC li 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 5nF Li OmH O NEMA 4X IP66 Uo 8 6VDC lo 2 3mA Po 5mW Co 6 2uF Lo 100mH 1 ez REFER TO MANUAL FOR MAX Ex d IIB T5 Ta 80 C T6 Ta 75 C HART o SUPPLY PRESSURE Ex nC T5 Tas 80 C T6 Ta 75 E pap 2 SERIAL INPUT TYPE DE rsa o DVC6005 SIS CERT NO IECEx CSA 04 0004X AMB TEMP 60 125 C Ex ia T4 Ta 125 C T5 Ta 95 C T6 Ta 80 C FISHER NEMA 4X IP66 Ui 10VDC li 5mA Pi 10mW 00 Li OmH MAX VOLTAGE 10VDC Ex d T4 Ta 125 5 95 C T6 Ta 80 C MAX CURRENT 5 mADC Ex nA T4 Ta 125 5 95 C T6 Ta 80 Q FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 GE09606 Figure C 10 IECEx Nameplates Intrinsic Safety Type n Flameproof FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC AMB TEMP
108. VC6010 SIS connect the travel sensor 2 a Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the as described in Replacing the Module Base Module Base b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the 15 For both DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015 perform terminals the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section DVC 6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Note Refer to figure 8 2 for DVC6020 SIS and 8 7 for DVC6025 key number locations For the DVC6025 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly 1 Insertthe travel sensor assembly key 223 into the key 223 wires to the terminals as housing Secure the travel sensor assembly with follows screw key 72 red terminal 1 white terminal 2 If assembling a DVC6020 SIS digital valve controller black terminal 3 use step 2a If assembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit use step 2b December 2008 7 11 DVC6000 SIS 3 Loosely assemble the screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the arm assembly key 91 if not already installed 4 Attach the arm assembly key 91 to the travel sensor assembly key 223 shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you Field Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multi
109. ValveLink Software places the instrument in this mode whenever it needs to move the valve such as for calibration or diagnostic tests Control Mode Restart Determines the instrument control mode after a restart See Control Mode for the available restart control modes Glossary 1 Glossary E M Glossary DVC6000 SIS Controller A device that operates automatically to regulate a controlled variable Crossover Point The point at which the feedback pin is closest to the axis of rotation of the travel sensor A visual indication of the crossover point is found when the slot in the instrument feedback arm forms a 90 degree angle with the valve stem Current to Pressure I P Converter An electronic component or device that converts a milliamp signal to a proportional pneumatic pressure output signal Cycle Counter The capability of a FIELDVUE instrument to record the number of times the travel changes direction The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle Cycle Counter Alert Checks the difference between the Cycle Counter and the Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Alert is active when the cycle counter value exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point It clears after you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point Cycle Counter Alert Point An adjustable value which when exceeded activates the Cycle Counter Alert Valid entries are
110. a failure enabled from the Self Test Shutdown menu caused an instrument shutdown Press Enter to see which of the specific failures caused the Offline F ailed indication Power Starvation Alert This alert is indicated if the instrument does not have enough power to function properly Non Critical NVM Alert This alert is indicated if the checksum for data which are not critical for instrument operation has failed Critical NVM Alert This alert is indicated when the Non Volatile Memory integrity test fails Configuration data is stored in NVM If this failure is indicated restart the instrument and see if it clears If it does not Clear replace the PWB Assembly Flash ROM Alert This alert indicates that the Read Only Memory integrity test failed If this alert is indicated restart the instrument and see if it clears If it does not clear replace the printed wiring board assembly No Free Time Alert This alert is indicated if the instrument is unable to complete all of the configured tasks This will not occur with a properly functioning instrument December 2008 Reference Voltage Alert This failure is indicated whenever there is a failure associated with the internal voltage reference If this alertis indicated restart the instrument and see if it clears If it does not clear replace the printed wiring board assembly Internal Sensor Out of Limits This alert is indicated if there is a possible prob
111. adjustment of the pneumatic relay Restore Factory Settings This procedure permits you to restore the calibration settings back to the factory settings PST Calibration This procedure permits you to run the PST calibration procedure To display the calibrate menu from the Online menu select Configure Setup and Calibrate Note The Instrument Mode must be Out Of Service and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated If you are operating in burst mode we recommend that you disable burst before continuing calibration Once calibration is complete burst mode may then be turned back on Note In the event of a power failure the DVC6000 SIS automatically restores the device to In Service upon restoration of power This is to provide greater availability of the safety function If power is inadvertently interrupted while performing set up or maintenance you may need to return the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if the interrupted task requires that mode of operation During calibration the valve may move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process December 2008 Travel Calibration There are two procedures available for calibrating travel e Automatically Auto Tvl Calib e Manually Man Tvl Calib Auto Travel Calibrate 1 3 1 1 User interaction is only required wi
112. age X 1000 Loop Milliamps 0 004 X1000 4 0 milliamperes 0 020 X 1000 20 0 milliamperes 5 Remove testleads and replace the terminal box cover Communication Connections Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding 2 24 A HART communicating device such as a 375 Field Communicator or a personal computer running ValveLink Software communicating through a HART modem interfaces with the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller from any wiring termination point in the 4 20 mA loop If you choose to connect the HART communicating device directly to the instrument attach the device to the LOOP and LOOP terminals or to the TALK and TALK connections inside the terminal box to provide local communications with the instrument Wiring Practices Logic Solver or Control System Requirements There are several parameters that should be checked to ensure the Logic Solver or control system are compatible with the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller Voltage Available The voltage available atthe DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller must be at least 11 VDC The voltage available at the instrument is not the actual voltage measured at
113. age caused by the release of pressure or process fluid when used in an application where the valve is normally closed provide some temporary means of control for the process The Partial Stroke Test allows the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers to perform a Valve Signature type of test while the instrument is in service and operational In SIS applications it is important to be able to exercise and testthe valve to verify that it will operate when commanded This feature allows the user to partially stroke the valve while continually monitoring the input signal If a demand arises the test is aborted and the valve moves to its commanded position The partial stroke valve travel is configurable between 1 and 3096 maximum travel in 0 196 increments Data from the last partial stroke test is stored in the instrument memory for retrieval by AMS ValveLink Software The Partial Stroke Test allows you to perform a partial 1096 stroke test standard or a custom stroke test With the custom stroke test the stroke may be extended up to 3096 Be sure to check plant guidelines before performing a custom stroke test The purpose of this test is to ensure that the valve assembly moves upon demand A partial stroke test can be initiated when the valve is operating at either 4 mA or 20 mA point to point mode In applications where a spurious trip is to be minimized 4 mA is the normal operating position When enabled a partial stro
114. aintenance and Troubleshooting DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 3 for DVC6030 SIS and 8 8 for DVC6035 key number locations 1 Apply lubricant key 63 to the travel sensor assembly threads 2 Screw the travel sensor assembly key 223 into the housing until it is tight If assembling a DVC6030 SIS digital valve controller use step 3a If assembling a DVC6035 remote feedback unit use step 3b 3 a Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals Note For the DVC6035 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly key 223 wires to the terminals as follows terminal 1 white terminal 2 black terminal 3 4 Loosely assemble the bias spring key 78 screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the feedback arm key 79 if not already installed 5 Attach the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you have a Field Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multimeter perform steps 6 through 14 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 15 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 6 Align the feedback arm key 79 to the housi
115. al 1 4 Parameters Factory Default Detailed Setup 4 4 Partial Stroke Test 6 5 Configuring Partial Stroke P ressure Limit 4 23 Pause Time 4 23 Stroke S peed 4 23 Initiating 375 Field Communicator 6 7 Auxiliary Terminal 6 6 Local Control Panel 6 6 Local Push Button 6 6 Device Digital Valve Controller 6 5 initiating 6 5 Partial Stroke Test PST 6 4 Parts Common Parts 8 4 Feedback P arts 8 5 Gauges Tire Valves amp Pipe Plugs 8 5 I P Converter Assembly 8 4 Kits 8 2 Module Base 8 4 Ordering 8 2 Printed Wiring Board Assembly 8 5 Relay 8 4 Terminal Box 8 5 Pause Time 4 23 Performance Tuner 3 6 4 7 Pneumatic Relay Adjusting 5 10 Parts List 8 4 Removing 7 7 Replacing 7 7 Polling Address 4 20 Pressure Connections 2 16 December 2008 Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 6 Pressure Set Point 4 13 Setting manually 4 13 Pressure Tuning Sets Gain Values 4 11 Pressure Units 4 20 Principle of Operation DVC6000 SIS 2 Printed Wiring Board Assembly Parts List 8 5 Removing 7 6 Replacing 7 6 Setting DIP Switch 7 6 Setting DIP S witch 2 27 Protection 3 2 4 6 PST Calibration 5 12 PST Press Limit double acting actuators 4 23 single acting actuators 4 23 R Raw Travel Input Displaying Status 6 10 Related Documents 1 3 Relay Double Acting 5 10 Single Acting Direct 5 11 Single Acting Reverse 5 11 Relay A 5 10 Relay Adjustment 5 10 Double Acting
116. alibration is selected wait until output x pressure has completely exhausted then continue Y ou will then be asked to wait until output x pressure has reached full supply then continue The output x pressure corresponds to A or B depending on which output you are calibrating Proceed with step 3 3 The instrument sets the output pressure to full supply The following message appears Use the ncrease and Decrease selections until the displayed pressure matches the output x pressure The output x pressure corresponds to A or B depending on which output you are calibrating P ress OK when you have read the message 4 The value of the output pressure appears on the display 5 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting December 2008 large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3 0 psi 0 207 bar 20 7 kPa 0 30 psi 0 0207 bar 2 07 kP a and 0 03 psi 0 00207 bar 0 207 kPa respectively Adjust the displayed value until it matches the output pressure select Done and go to step 6 6 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration To calibrate the supply pressure sensor connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply regulator The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure From the Ca
117. alue is 0 For double acting valves the differential pressure is used Auto Test Interval An interval of time in days between partial stroke tests that are automatically run by the digital valve controller subjectto the device being powered up A value of 0 disables this feature e DVC Power Up Defines the power up behavior of the DVC6000 SIS Auto Reset allows the valve to track the command December 2008 Detailed Setup signal when power is applied to the device Manual Reset will lock the device in its safety position until the digital valve controller is reset If Manual Reset is selected its state can be determined from the status monitor by monitoring the Locked In Safety Position alert When Aux Terminal Mode is setto SIS Local Control Panel LP 100 DVC Power Up is setto Manual Reset and cannot be changed to Auto Reset The reset signal depends on how the aux terminals are configured If configured for SIS Local Control Panel the digital valve controller can be reset by pressing the button next to the green light on the LCP 100 If configured as Push Button Partial Stroke the digital valve controller can be reset by shorting the aux terminals for more than 3 seconds butless than 10 seconds The device cannot be reset from the aux terminals if they are configured otherwise Valve Stuck Alert CAUTION If a valve stuck alert is active there may be potential energy stored in the valve and actuator as
118. alve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions 0 20 mA or 0 24 VDC D103035X012 e Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions 4 20 mA D103294X012 e Supplement to DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions Instruction Manual Partial Stroke Test D103274X012 e Fisher LCP 100 Local Control Panel Instruction Manual D103272X012 e FIELDVUE LC340 Line Conditioner Instruction Manual D102797X012 e FIELDVUE HF300 Series HART Filters Instruction Manual D102796X012 e 2530H1 HART Interchange Multiplexer Instruction Manual D102237X012 e ValveLink Software Help or Documentation All documents are available from your Emerson Process Management sales office Also visit our website at www FIELDVUE com 1 3 DVC6000 SIS Table 1 2 Specifications Available Configurations Valve Mounted Instruments DVC6010 SIS Sliding stem applications DVC6020 SIS Rotary and long stroke sliding stem applications over 102 mm 4 inch travel DVC6030 SIS Quarter turn rotary applications All units can be used in either 4 wire or 2 wire system installations DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers must have the Safety Instrumented S ystem Application SIS option Remote Mounted Instrument i2 DVC6005 SIS Base unit for 2 inch pipestand wall mounting DVC6015 Feedback unit for
119. and install the O ring over the stem of the terminal box 3 Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out Position the terminal box assembly so that the hole for the screw key 72 in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing Install the screw key 72 4 Connect terminal box connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required 5 Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure 6 Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Removing the Terminal Box procedure 7 Apply silicone lubricantto the O ring key 36 and install the O ring over the 2 5 8 inch threads of the terminal box Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the O ring while installing it over the threads 8 Apply lubricant key 63 to the 2 5 8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the cap is installed 9 Screw the cap key 4 onto the terminal box 10 Install a set screw key 58 into the cap key 4 Loosen the cap not more than 1 turn to align the set screw over one of the recesses in the terminal box Tighten the set screw key 58 11 Apply anti seize key 64 to the conduit entrance plug key 62 and install it into the unused conduit entry of the terminal box Travel Sensor For DVC6010 SIS DVC6015 DVC6020 SIS DVC6025 DVC6030 SIS and DVC6035 Replacing the travel
120. as opposed to firmware which consists of programs and routines that are programmed into memory usually ROM when the instrument is manufactured Software can be manipulated during normal operation firmware cannot Stroking Time The time in seconds required to move the valve from its fully open position to fully closed or vice versa December 2008 Glossary Temperature Sensor A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that measures the instrument s internal temperature Travel Movement of the valve stem or shaft which changes the amount the valve is open or closed Travel Accumulator The capability of a FIELDVUE instrument to record total change in travel The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel Accumulator Deadband To reset the Travel Accumulator set it to zero Travel Accumulator Alert Checks the difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point The Travel Accumulator Alert is active when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point It clears after you resetthe Travel Accumulator to a value less than the alert point Travel Accumulator Alert Point An adjustable value which when exceeded activates the Travel Accumulator Alert V alid entries are 096 to 4 billion 96 Travel Accumulator Deadband Region around the travel reference point established at the last increment of the accumulator This
121. asics variables are those that appear when you edit variables in the configuration using the Edit Individually option e Unmark All removes flags from all configurable variables in the configuration Unmarked configurable variables are not sent to a connected HART compatible device e Edit Individually opens the Edit Individually menu to permit editing configurable variables in the saved data For information on editing configurable variables refer to the Field Communicator product manual Save As saves your new configuration to the Internal Flash or the Configuration EM For more information on the Save As option see the Field Communicator product manual Once the configurable variables are marked for download return to the Saved Configuration menu and select Save Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator to download the saved data to the instrument Polling When several devices are connected in the same loop such as for split ranging each device must be assigned a unique polling address Use the Polling options to configure the Field Communicator to automatically search for all or specific connected devices To enter a polling option select Utility from the HART Application menu Select Configure HART Application and then select Polling Tap ENTER to select the highlighted option The Polling options are 1 Never Poll connects to a device at address 0 and if not found will not poll for de
122. avel If one of the following conditions exists for more than 20 seconds the Drive Signal Alert is set For the case where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal 1096 and Calibrated Travel 396 Drive Signal 9096 and Calibrated Travel 9796 For the case where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal 1096 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Drive Signal 9096 and Calibrated Travel 396 e Drive Signal Alert Enable Y es or No Drive Signal Alert Enable activates checking of the relationship between the Drive Signal and the calibrated travel December 2008 Detailed Setup e Drive Signal Shows the value of the instrument drive signal in 96 percent of maximum drive Processor Impaired Alerts 1 2 3 1 3 e Offline Failed Alrt Enab If enabled set when the device is in a failed state and not controlling the input e Power Starvation Alrt Enab When enabled an alert is generated whenever power starvation is detected Default is not enabled e Non Critical NVM Alrt Enab When enabled an alert is generated whenever there is a failure associated with non critical NVM non volatile memory Default is not enabled e Critical NVM Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with critical NVM non volatile memory Default is not enabled e Flash ROM Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a fai
123. ay printed wiring board assembly and cover screws Hex key 5 mm Terminal box screw Hex key 1 5 mm Terminal box cover screw Hex key 2 5 mm I P converter screws Hex key 5 mm Travel sensor screws Hex key 6 mm Module base screws Open end wrench 1 2 inch Connector Arm screw DVC6010 Hex key 9 64 inch Feedback arm screw Open end wrench 7 16 inch DVC6010 mounting bolts Hex key 3 16 inch DVC6020 mounting bolts Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC 6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers predictive maintenance is available through the use of Fisher AMS ValveLink Software Using the digital valve controller valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced thus avoiding unnecessary maintenance For information on using the ValveLink Software refer to the AMS ValveLink Software online help Tools Required Table 7 1 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller December 2008 Module Base Maintenance For DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS and DVC6005 SIS CAUTION To avoid affecting performance of the instrument take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface Do not bump or damage the bare connector pins on the PWB assembly Damaging either the module base or guide surface may result in material damage which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal The digital valve controller contains a module base consis
124. ber Key Description Part Number Terminal Box Feedback Remote Travel Sensor Parts DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 4 Terminal Box Cap DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS 34 O ring 8 23 DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 36 O ring t 8 23 see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 6 8 7 and 8 8 44 Wire Retainer pl stl 6 req d not 5 2 46 Alignment Pin 58 Set Screw hex socket 5510 or DVC6010 SIS DVC 6030 SIS DVC6015 and DVC 6035 72 Cap Screw hex socket SST 2 64 Anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 164 Terminal Assembly 65 Lubricant silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument 246 SIS Label 72 Screw hex socket 2 req d 2 247 TUV or exida Approval Label or DVC6010 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6015 and DVC6035 78 Bias Spring SST 2 Remote Terminal Box or DVC6010 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6015 and DVC6035 79 Feedback DVC6005 SIS 588 figure 8 4 or DVC6010 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6015 and DVC6035 4 TerminalBox Cap 80 Screw hex socket 551 2 34 O ring 8 16 81 Square Nut 5510 0 0 8 16 36 O ring 55 104 Screw hex hd 4 req d 44 Wire Retainer pl stl 5 req d not shown 2 17 Aluminum Construction 58 SetScrew hex socket 551 2 16 DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015 62 Pipe Plug hex hd 55 16 72 Screw hex socket SST 3 req d 2 16 262 Adapter 263 O ring9 Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R a
125. calibration to the factory settings You should only restore the calibration if itis not possible to calibrate an individual sensor Restoring calibration returns the calibration of all of the sensors and the tuning set to their factory settings Following restoration of the factory calibration the individual sensors should be recalibrated 5 11 DVC6000 SIS PST Calibration 1 3 5 Access PST Calibration by selecting PST Calibration from the Calibrate menu Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to complete the PST calibration This procedure permits you to run the Partial Stroke Calibration which enables the Partial Stroke Test It establishes values for Partial Stroke Pressure Limit Pressure Set Point and Pressure Saturation Time for End Point Pressure Control Travel Deviation Alert Point and Travel Deviation Time The Partial Stroke Calibration also sets default values for max travel movement test speed and test pause time 5 12 Note You must take the instrument out of service before running Partial Stroke Calibration Ensure that the instrument is put back in service after the completing the calibration procedure December 2008 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Device Diagnostics 0115 S aded Electronic
126. ccum Raw Travel Input Run Time Number of Power Ups Device Information HART Tag Device ID Manufacturer Model Device Revision Firmware Revision Hardware Revision Instrument Level HART Universal Revision DD Information December 2008 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Device Diagnostics Alert Conditions 2 1 Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest To view these alerts from the Online menu select Device Diagnostics and Alert Conditions The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below If there are no alerts active for a particular group the group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator e Electronics If an electronics alert is active it will appear under ELECT ALERTS Drive Current Drive Current Alert This alert is indicated when the drive current does not read as expected If this alert occurs check the connection between the I P converter and the printed wiring board assembly Try removing the I P converter and re installing it If the failure does not clear replace the I P converter or the printed wiring board assembly Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert This alert is indicated when the Drive Signal is greater or less than the expected maximum or minimum Processor Impaired Offline F ailed Alert This alert is indicated if
127. ccumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Point Partial Stroke P ressure Limit Pressure Deviation Alert Enable Pressure Deviation Alert Point Pressure Deviation Time Alert Record Not Empty Enable Alert Record Full Enable 4 Display 0 Clear Record Failure Group Enable 4 Valve Group Enable 4 4 isc Group Enable nstrument Time Invalid Enable nstrument Time and Date Calibration in P rogress Enable Autocalibration P rogress Enable 4 Diagnostics in Progress Enable 4 Diagnostic Data Available Enable Status Pressure Control Active Enable ulti Drop Enable 4 ntegrator S aturated Hi Enable ntegrator Saturated Lo Enable 4 ntegrator Limit ntegrator DeadZ ze s HART Tag essage 4 w Descriptor Date a Valve Serial Number ii at nstrument S erial Number m S Instrument Polling Address na 20 Pressure Units Temperature Units Analog Input Units eae eo Analog Input Range High ii dus E Analog Input Range Low S PM 1 indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protecti
128. ce the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source Digital Calibration Adjust From the Calibrate menu select Man Calib and Digital Adjust Connect a variable current source to the instrument and LOOP terminals current source should be set between 4 and 20 mA Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s travel in percent Note 0 Travel Valve Closed 100 Travel Valve Open 1 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to adjust the output until the valve is near mid travel Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation If another adjustment is required repeat step 1 Otherwise select Done and go to step 2 2 If the feedback connection is Rotary All SStem Roller go to step 7 If the feedback connection is SStem Standard adjust the feedback arm to the crossover point by using the adjustment menu 3 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the feedback arm so it is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 Selecting large medium and small adjustments to the crossover causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation If another adjustment is required repeat step 3 Otherw
129. cle Count Travel Accum 1 2 3 5 2 1 10 F Message 1 2 5 1 2 6 F Define Custom Characteristic 1 2 2 4 4 C Miscellaneous Group Enable 1 2 3 7 5 3 10 G Descriptor 1 2 5 1 3 6 F Model 3 7 4 4 H Device Description Information 3 8 2 G Multi Drop Alert Enable 1 2 4 3 2 8 H Device ID 3 7 2 4 H No Free Time Shutdown 1 2 3 1 3 6 11 C Device Revision 3 7 5 4 H Non Critical NVM Alert Enable 1 2 3 1 3 3 11 B Diagnostic Data Available Enable 1 2 4 2 4 8 H 2 3 4 4 F Diagnostic in Progress Enable 1 2 4 2 3 8 H Numperer Kowen Ups 3 6 9 5 H Display Record 1 2 3 7 3 8 F Offline F ailed Alert E nable 1 2 3 1 3 1 11 B Drive Current Shutdown 1 2 3 1 1 9 C Partial Stroke Test 2 5 2 F 3 4 3 F Partial Stroke Test Enable 1 2 7 1 3 D 1 2 3 1 2 2 10 C Partial Stroke Test Pressure Limit 1 2 3 6 1 8 Partial Stroke Test Start Point 1 2 2 2 2 2 8 C 1 Coordinates are to help locate the item on the foldout menu tree continued on facing page Unfold this sheet to see the 375 Field Communicator Menu Tree DVC6000 SIS 375 Field Communicator Menu Tree for DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controllers gt Hot Key 1 Instrument Mode 2 Control Mode 3 Protection 4 Stabilize O ptimize Basic Setup 1 Setup Wizard 2 Performance Tuner 1 1 Mode and Protection 1 Instrument Mode 2 Control Mode 4 Burst Mode 5 Protection 1 Tuning 1 2 2 3 Input Char Detailed Setup 1 Mode and Protection 12 2 Response
130. clear after restarting the instrument replace the printed wiring board assembly Note The pressure sensor alert is used for output A output B and the supply pressure sensor Check the pressure values to see which sensor is causing the alert Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert This alert is indicated when the instrument temperature sensor fails or the 6 3 DVC6000 SIS sensor reading is outside of the range of 40 to 85 40 to 185 F The temperature reading is used internally for temperature compensation of inputs If this alert is indicated restart the instrument and see if it clears If it does not clear replace the printed wiring board assembly e Environment If an environment alert is active it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert This alert is indicated when supply pressure is lower than the configured limit Aux Terminal Alert Aux Terminal Alert This alert is set when the auxiliary input terminals are either open or closed depending upon the selection for the Aux In Alrt State Travel f a travel alert is active it will appear under TRAVEL ALERTS Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert The difference between Setpoint and Travel is greater than the configured limits Travel Limit Travel Alert Hi Hi This alert is indicated if the Travel is greater than the configured limit Travel Alert Lo Lo This alert is indicated
131. cribed in Replacing the Module Base 14 Travel sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator 15 For the DVC6030 SIS only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 16 For both the DVC6030 SIS and the DVC6035 perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section 7 13 DVC6000 SIS Instrument Troubleshooting If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument refer to the troubleshooting chart in table 7 3 Also see the DVC6000 SIS Troubleshooting Checklist on page 7 17 Checking Voltage Available Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this test is attempted in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous 7 14 To check the Voltage Available atthe instrument perform the following 1 Connectthe equipment in figure 2 24 to the field wiring in place of the FIELDVUE instrument 2 Setthe control system to provide maximum output current 3 Setthe resistance of the 1 kilohm potentiometer shown in figure 2 24 to z
132. criptions The Field Communicator memory module contains device descriptions for specific HART compatible devices These descriptions make up the application software that the communicator needs to recognize particular devices To review the device descriptions programmed into your Field Communicator select Utility from the HART Application menu then select Available Device Descriptions The manufacturers with device descriptions installed on the Field Communicator are listed Selectthe desired manufacturer to see the list of the currently installed device models or types provided by the selected manufacturer Select the desired instrument model or type to see the available device revisions that support that instrument Simulation The Field Communicator provides a simulation mode that allows you to simulate an online connection to a HART compatible device The simulation mode is a training tool that enables you to become familiar with the various menus associated with a device without having the Field Communicator connected to the device To simulate an online connection select Utility from the main menu Select Simulation then select Fisher Controls Select DVC6000 to see the menu structure for the DVC6000 Series digital valve controller Refer to the appropriate sections of this manual for information on the various menus B 5 DVC6000 SIS Online Operation The Online menu is the first to be displayed when connectin
133. cting spring assist piston actuators Perform the following steps to confirm valve operation a Point to Point Mode DVC6000 SIS powered with 4 20 mA current source If the DVC6000 SIS is in series with a solenoid valve 1 Disconnect the power from the solenoid valve but maintain the 20 mA current to the digital valve controller The valve should move to its fail safe position 2 Maintain power to the solenoid valve and adjust the current to the digital valve controller from 20 mA to 4mA The valve should move to its fail safe position 3 Remove power from the solenoid valve and adjust the current to the digital valve controller from 20mA to 4mA The valve should go to its fail safe position If a solenoid is not used with a DVC6000 SIS 1 Adjust the current to the digital valve controller from 20 mA to 4 mA The valve should move to its fail safe position Note The above tests are applicable for single acting direct relay A and C If single acting reverse relay B is used adjust the current from 4 mA normal state to 20 mA trip state b Multi drop Mode DVC6000 SIS is powered by a 24 VDC power source If the DVC6000 SIS is pneumatically in series with a solenoid valve and shares a single power source Disconnect power to both devices The valve should go to its fail safe position If the DVC6000 SIS is pneumatically in series with a solenoid valve with independent power sources Connect a
134. cting Calibrate Travel Calibration and Auto Tvl Calib Auto Travel Calibration from the Configure Setup menu For more detailed calibration information refer to the following calibration procedures available from the Calibrate menu NE Travel Calibration Auto Travel Calibrate This procedure automatically calibrates the travel The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 096 and 100 calibration points e Manual Travel Calibrate This procedure permits manual calibration of the travel This calibration procedure allows you to determine the 096 and 100 calibration points and obtain the optimum linearity on a sliding stem valve Sensor Calibration e Pressure Sensor Calibration This procedure permits calibrating the three pressure sensors Normally the sensors are calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration e Travel Sensor Adjust This procedure permits calibrating the travel sensor Normally the travel sensor is calibrated at the factory Calibrating the travel sensor should only be necessary if the travel sensor is replaced e Analog In Calibration This procedure permits calibrating the analog input sensor Normally the sensor is calibrated atthe factory and should not need calibration Note Analog Input is only available when the DVC6000 SIS is operating in Point to Point mode with 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA current 5 2 Relay Adjustment This procedure permits
135. ction LED The multifunction LED indicates when the 375 Field Communicator is in various states Green signifies that the Field Communicator is on while flashing green indicates thatit is in power saving mode Green and orange indicate that the function key is enabled and a green and orange flash indicates that the on off button has been pressed long enough for the Field Communicator to power up Using the Touch Screen The touch screen display allows you to select and enter text by touching the window Tap the window once to select a menu item or to activate a control Double tap to access the various options associated with the menu item CAUTION The touch screen should be contacted by blunt items only The preferred item is the stylus that is included with the 375 Field Communicator The use of a sharp instrument can cause damage to the touch screen interface Use the back arrow button 1 to return to the previous menu Use the terminate key X1 in the upper right corner of the touch screen to end the application Using the Soft Input Panel SIP Keyboard As you move between menus different dynamic buttons appear on the display For example in menus providing access to online help the HELP button may appear on the display In menus providing access to the Home menu the HOME button may appear on the display In many cases the SEND label appears indicating that you must select the button on the display to send
136. ctuators Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are included in the mounting kit for these actuators Stainless Steel Construction 1F463606992 DVC6010 SIS oversized 4 req d Extreme temperature option fluorosilicone 1F 4636X0092 Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators 264 Terminal Box Assembly remote 16 107 Mounting Bracket PWB Assembly DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015 only DV 1 IS DV 2 IS DV 1 Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators C6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 included in the mounting kit for these actuators Note Feedback Linkage Shield see figures 2 1 2 2 Up to 50 4 mm 2 inch travel All sliding stem actuators except 585C size 60 50 4 mm 2 inch to 104mm 4 inch travel Contactyour Emerson Process Management sales office for PWB Assembly FS numbers 50 PWB Assembly All sliding stem actuators except 585C size 60 2 3 585C size 60 19 mm 0 75 inch to 104mm 4 inch travel Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire 163 Plain Washer SST Valve Assemblies see figure 8 5 47 Pressure Gauge nickel plated brass case brass connection Double acting 3 req d Single acting 2 req d 223 Potentiometer Bushing Assy 18 23 Standard Elastomers DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS GE31447X012 auge acae DVC6030 SIS GE31448X012 To 60 PSI 0 4 MPa 1887713 042 UN MUR To 160 PSI 1
137. current source to apply power to the instrument Terminal voltage across the and LOOP terminals should be 9 to 10 5 VDC If the terminal voltage is not 9 to 10 5 VDC replace the PWB 2k Polling address incorrect 2k Use the Field Communicator to setthe polling address refer to the Detailed Setup section From the Utilities menu select Configure Communicator and Polling Select Always Poll Setthe instrument polling address to 0 2l Defective terminal box 2l Check continuity from each screw terminal to the corresponding P WB connector pin If necessary replace the terminal box assembly 2m Defective Field Communicator or ValveLink modem cable 2m If necessary repair or replace cable 2n ValveLink modem defective or not compatible with PC 2n Replace ValveLink modem 2p ValveLink hardlock defective or not programmed 2p Replace if defective or return to factory for programming 3 Instrument will not calibrate has sluggish performance or oscillates 3a Travel sensor seized will notturn 3a Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely If not replace the pot bushing assy 3b Broken travel sensor wire s 3b Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot or broken wire Replace pot bushing assy 3c Travel sensor misadjusted 3c Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section 3d Open travel sensor 3d Check for continuity in
138. d terminal 1 white terminal 2 black terminal 3 3 Loosely assemble the bias spring key 78 screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the feedback arm key 79 if not already installed 4 Attach the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you have a Field Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multimeter perform 7 10 steps 5 through 13 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 14 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 5 Align the feedback arm key 79 to the housing key 1 by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the side of the housing Position the feedback arm so that the surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 6 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistance should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 7 Multiply the result in step 6 by 0 046 to geta calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 1840 to 2300 ohms 8 Re range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel s
139. d 8 5 2 Module Base 12 11 Drive Screw 2 02 12 123 19 Label Shield Assembly 12 61 Pipe Plug hex socket 3 req d 12 236 Screen for single acting direct units only 12 243 Flame Arrestor Assy 3 req d 12 Converter Assembly DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 39 O ring 0 73 23 41 1 Converter 23 169 ShroudO 1523 210 Boot nitrile 2 req d 1 9 23 see figure 7 3 231 5 5 1 7 9 23 Relay DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS DVC6005 SIS see figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 24 Relay Assembly includes shroud relay seal mounting screws 23 Low Bleed nitrile Relay A double acting 38B5786X072 Note Relay B and C are not T V approved Relay B single acting reverse 38B5786X112 Relay C single acting direct 38B5786X152 R ecommended spare parts 1 Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2 Available in the S mall Hardware S pare Parts Kit 3 Available in the DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS Conversion Kit 6 Available in the Pipe Away Bracket Kit 7 Available in the Seal Screen Kit 9 Available in the I P Converter Kit 12 Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit 13 Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit 15 Available in the Spare Shroud Kit 20 Available in the Pipestand Wall Mounting Kit 23 Available in the SIS Preventative Maintenance Kit December 2008 Parts Key Description Part Num
140. d a line representing the average value of those curves Local Control Panel The LCP 100 local control panel is used with the FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller This panel is used to monitor and manually open and close a safety shutdown valve The LCP 100 also provides a manual reset feature and a button for initiating a partial stroke test Manual Reset The DVC6000 Series digital valve controller in SIS applications can be configured to hold the trip state until a local reset button is pressed Memory A type of semiconductor used for storing programs or data FIELDVUE instruments use three types of memory Random Access Memory RAM Read Only Memory ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM See also these listings in this glossary Menu A list of programs commands or other activities that you select by using the arrow keys to highlight the item then pressing ENTER or by entering the numeric value of the menu item Minimum Closing Time Minimum time in seconds for the travel to decrease through the entire ranged travel This rate is applied to any travel decrease Valid entries are 0 to 400 seconds Deactivate by entering a value of 0 seconds Glossary 4 Minimum Opening Time Minimum time in seconds for the travel to increase through the entire ranged travel This rate is applied to any travel increase Because of friction actual valve travel may not respond in exactly the same time frame Valid entries are 0
141. e Aux Input Aux Terminal Mode Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply P ressure 1 Supply Press Lo Alert Point Yr wy kX WY YY YY YY LY Travel Travel Set Point Travel Alert Deadband Travel Deviation Alert Enable Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Time Yi kit Yi kit Yi ki i Yi ki iv 1 indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protection shown 1 Information only Continued December 2008 Detailed Setup Table 4 3 Conditions for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters Continued 5 i In Service Outof Service Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable Travel Alert Hi Hi Point Travel Alert Lo Lo Point Travel Alert Hi Enable Travel Alert Lo Enable Travel Alert Hi Point Travel Alert Lo Point Travel Limit Cutoff Hi Alert Enable Travel Limit Cutoff Lo Alert Enable 4 Travel Pressure Cutoff Hi 33 Sas 255 Travel Pressure Cutoff Lo m se Cycle Count Alert Enable Cycle Count Cycle Count Alert Point Alerts Cycle Count Accum Deadband Travel A
142. e Custom Stroke Test the stroke may be entered up to 3096 with configurable stroking speed and pause time 5 The currently configured Stroke Stroking S peed and Pause Time is displayed Choose Yes to run the test using these values Choose No to modify the values The default value for Stroke Speed is 0 25 second 6 The valve begins to move and the actual travel reported by the digital valve controller is displayed on the Field Communicator 7 Observe the valve as it runs the Partial Stroke Test to verify that it moves to the desired setpoint and then returns to the original position For information on configuring the Partial Stroke Test see Partial Stroke Variables in the Detailed Setup section Additional SIS Diagnostics Manual Reset The DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller can be configured to hold the trip state until a local reset button is pressed It is configurable by the 375 Field Communicator or ValveLink S oftware Manual Reset can be initiated by shorting the AUX terminals with a user supplied push button for at least 3 seconds but less than 5 seconds or by pressing the button next to the green light on the optional LCP 100 local control panel when the current is at it s normal state The digital valve controller will drive the valve to its normal operating position December 2008 Demand Mode Tests The following steps assume the use of single acting spring and diaphragm actuators or double a
143. e and if double acting P ort B will be at supply pressure For Relay B Port B will be at supply pressure Glossary E December 2008 Glossary 7 DVC6000 SIS Glossary 8 December 2008 Index A Actuator Style 4 22 adjustment arm 2 6 Alert Conditions 6 3 Alert Record 6 4 Electronics 6 3 Environment 6 4 Sensor 6 3 SIS 6 4 Travel 6 4 Travel History 6 4 Alert Groups 4 19 Failure Alerts 4 19 Miscellaneous 4 19 Valve Alerts 4 19 Alert Record 4 18 Alerts 4 14 Alert Record 4 18 Alert Groups 4 19 Enabling Alert Groups 4 19 Electronic 4 15 Drive Signal Alert 4 15 Processor Impaired Alerts 4 15 Environment 4 16 Environmental Aux Terminal Alerts 4 16 Supply Press Lo Alert 4 16 Sensor 4 15 SIS 4 18 Travel 4 16 Deviation Alert 4 16 Limit Alerts 4 16 Travel Limit Cutoff Alerts 4 17 Travel Limit Hi Lo Alerts 4 17 Travel History 4 17 Cycle Count 4 17 Cycle Count Tvl Accum Deadband 4 18 Tvl Accum 4 18 Analog Calibration Adjust 5 4 Analog Input Displaying Value 6 9 December 2008 Index Units 4 21 Analog Input Calibration 5 10 Analog Input Range 4 20 ASCO Solenoid Valve 2 29 ATEX Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 9 Nameplates C 6 C 7 C 8 Special Conditions for Safe Use 2 3 Auto Calibrate Travel 5 3 Error Messages 5 4 Auto Test Interval 4 25 Aux Term Mode 4 21 Auxiliary Input Displaying Status 6 9 Auxiliary Terminal 6 6 Local DI 6
144. e open or closed shorted depending upon the selection for Auxiliary Input Alert State Auxiliary Terminal Indicator Indicates whether auxiliary wiring terminals are open or closed such as by an external switch contact December 2008 Glossary Bench Set Pressure supplied to an actuator required to drive the actuator through rated valve travel Expressed in pounds per square inch Byte A unit of binary digits bits A byte consists of eight bits Calibration Location Where the instrument was last calibrated either in the factory or in the field Configuration Stored instructions and operating parameters for a FIELDVUE instrument Control Loop An arrangement of physical and electronic components for process control The electronic components of the loop continuously measure one or more aspects of the process then alter those aspects as necessary to achieve a desired process condition A simple control loop measures only one variable More sophisticated control loops measure many variables and maintain specified relationships among those variables Control Mode Defines where the instrument reads its set point The following control modes are available for a FIELDVUE instrument Analog The instrument receives its travel set point over the 4 20 mA loop Digital The instrument receives its set point digitally via the HART communications link Test This is nota user selectable mode The Field Communicator or AMS
145. e values shown in table 4 10 Run the partial stroke test using the 375 Field Communicator Once the test is completed download the partial stroke test results using ValveLink Software On the partial stroke graph page select the Tvl 96 Time radio button to plot travel set point and travel time series traces The Travel Deviation Alert Point should be setatleast 1 5 times the maximum deviation obtained from the time series plot Maximum Travel Movement should be set at least 596 above the Travel Deviation Alert P oint On the partial stroke graph page select the Press Time radio button to plot the pressure trace If the actuator pressure starts high and moves low find the minimum actuator pressure If the actuator pressure starts low and moves high find the maximum actuator pressure Use table 4 9 to estimate the partial stroke pressure limit In the example shown in the middle graph of figure 4 9 the maximum travel deviation between travel set point and travel is approximately 496 Travel Deviation Alert Point should be setto 1 5 x 496 6 Max Travel Movement should be set at 6 5 1196 In the bottom graph of figure 4 9 with a single acting piston actuator fail closed Relay A and supply pressure at 52 psig read from instrument gauge Partial Stroke Pressure Limit is the minimum actuator pressure attained during the test i e 24 psig Setthe Partial Stroke P ressure Limit to 0 5 Pmin 12 psig The default v
146. ed This alert is indicated if the valve is stuck or the pressure travel path is obstructed End Point Pressure Deviation Pressure Deviation Alert The alert is indicated if the difference between the target pressure and the actual pressure exceeds the Pressure Deviation Alert Point for a period of time greater than the Pressure Deviation Time Locked in Safety Alert This alert is indicated if the unit is locked in the safety position 515 Panel Comm Error This alert is indicated if the SIS panel is not communicating e Alert Record Alert Record not Empty This alert indicates that an alert has been saved to the alert record Alrt Record Full This alert indicates that the alert record is full Viewing Instrument Status 2 2 To view the instrument status from the Device Diagnostics menu select Status This menu item indicates the status of the Operational items listed below The status of more than one operational item may be indicated Instrument Time Inst Time Invalid Calibration and Diagnostics Cal in Progress Autocal in P rogress Diag in Progress December 2008 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Diag Data Avail Operational Press Ctrl Active Multi Drop Integrator Integrator Sat Hi Integrator Sat Lo Device Record 2 3 From the Online menu select Device Diagnostics and Device Record Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to view the following Device Record parameter
147. ed repeat step 7 Otherwise select Done and go to step 8 8 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 10096 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 09 1 0 and 0 19 respectively to the feedback arm rotation for a sliding stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve If another adjustment is required repeat step 8 Otherwise select Done and go to step 9 9 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to near 5 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 09 1 0 and 0 19 respectively to the feedback arm rotation for a sliding stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve If another adjustment is required repeat step 9 Otherwise select Done and go to step 10 10 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to near 95 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 09 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation for a sliding stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve If another adjustment is required repeat step 10 Otherwise select Done and go to step 11 11 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source 12 After manual calibration is completed manually set the SIS para
148. el since the accumulator was last cleared The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when 4 18 the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel Accumulator Deadband See figure 4 4 You can reset the Travel Accumulator by configuring it to zero e Tvl Accum Alrt Pt Travel Accumulator Alert Point is the value of the Travel Accumulator in percent 96 of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Accumulator Alert SIS Alerts 1 2 3 6 e PST Press Limit Partial Stroke Pressure Limit defines the output pressure that will cause the partial stroke test to stop For actuators that vent from the test starting point the pressure limit will be a minimum value For actuators that fill from the test starting point the pressure will be a maximum value e Press Dev Alrt Enab Pressure Deviation Alert Enable select Y es or No This alert notifies a monitoring system when a deviation in the actuator pressure has occurred This is used when the instrument is controlling via pressure Pressure Control Mode is enabled to the actuator rather than valve position to prevent saturation of the pneumatic output When enabled this alert checks the difference between the target pressure and the actual pressure If the difference exceeds the Pressure Deviation Alert Point for more than the pressure deviation time the P ressure Deviation Alertis set It remains set until the difference between the target pressure and the actua
149. en the valve is at the travel stop defined by PST Start Point Default values for P ressure Set Point are summarized in table 4 7 When controlling pressure in the open position Pressure Set Point must be set ata value that ensures the valve will remain open When controlling pressure in the closed position P ressure Set Point must be set at a value that ensures the valve will remain closed and has enough force to maintain its rated shutoff classification For double acting spring return December 2008 actuators this is the differential pressure required to either maintain the fully open or fully closed position depending on the valve and actuator configuration For a double acting actuator without springs with a fail close valve this is 9596 of the supply pressure If the valve is fail open the upper operating pressure for all actuator is set to the supply pressure Note End Point Pressure Control will be set automatically during the Setup Wizard or during the Auto Calibration Travel procedure Refer to table 4 7 for guidelines for manually setting Pressure Set Point e Press Sat Time Pressure Saturation Time is the amount of time the digital valve controller stays in hard cutoff before switching to pressure control Default is 45 seconds Input Char 1 2 2 3 Input Characterization defines the relationship between the travel target and ranged set point Ranged set point is the input to the characterization fu
150. ensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 9 Adjustthe travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 7 100 ohms Note In the next step be sure the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 10 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains within the range listed in step 7 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 11 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector 12 Forthe DVC6010 SIS only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 13 Travel sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting NOTE 1 THE POTENTIOMETER RESISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 2 AND 3 CAN BE MEASURED AT THE CONNECTOR INSERT TWO SHORT LENGTHS OF 22 AWG WIRE INTO THE PIN 2 AND 3 RECEPTACLES IN THE CONNECTOR CLIP ON LEADS FROM A DVM DIGITAL VOLTMETER TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE A6481 IL Figure 7 6 Potentiometer Resistance Measurement 14 For the D
151. ensor Connections December 2008 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 9 2 11 2 12 2 12 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 16 2 16 2 17 2 17 2 18 2 18 2 20 2 20 2 1 DVC6000 SIS T st Connections 4244 cR d Rede dns bu ROGER ER t eg 2 24 Communication Connections 2 24 Wiring Practices Logic Solver or Control System Requirements 2 24 Voltage Available ta niegan ptg one E eme me Ure ere 2 24 Compliance Voltage sates Gag econ ARR Baca 2 25 Maximum Cable Capacitance 2 25 Installation in a Safety Instrumented System 2 2 Installation in a 4 Wire System 2 27 Installation in a 2 Wire System 2 28 ECP 100 Local Control Panel 2 32 lari M DM 2 32 Electrical Connectioris cide 2 32 2 2 December 2008 Installation Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts Before proceeding with any Installation procedures Always wear protective clothing gloves and eyewear
152. equired to convert a DVC6020 SIS to a DVC6010 SIS or a DVC6025 to a DVC6015 Kit Description Part Number 1 Elastomer Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller Standard 19B5402X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 19B5402X022 2 Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller 19B5403X012 3 Conversion Kit DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS or DVC6015 to DVC6025 Also see note below 1985405 012 Note When converting a DVC6010 SIS to a DVC6020 SIS for pipe away construction also order pipe away bracket kit item 6 4 Conversion Kit DVC6020 SIS to DVC6010 SIS or DVC6025 to DVC6015 14B5072X112 5 Alignment Pin Kit kit contains 15 alignment pins key 46 14B5072X092 6 Pipe Away Bracket Kit DVC6020 SIS kit contains mounting bracket key 74 and O ring key 75 Standard 19B5404X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 19B5404X022 Recommended spare parts December 2008 Kit 7 9 10 115 125 13 14 15 Description Part Number Seal Screen Kit kit contains 25 seal screens key 231 and 25 O rings key 39 Standard and Extreme Temperature option 14B5072X182 fluorosilicone elastomers Terminal Box Kit aluminum Standard 19B5401X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 1985401 022 I P Converter Kit 3886041 092 Adjustment Arm Kit includes washer nut and adju
153. er 2008 Parts BERE om 2 2 2 2 242 SECTION C C N N IN Np Figure 8 8 FIELDVUE DVC6035 Feedback Unit Assembly 8 15 DVC6000 SIS 8 16 December 2008 Principle of Operation Appendix A Principle of Operation HART Communication A 2 Digital Valve Controller Operation A 2 December 2008 A 1 DVC6000 SIS 40 5 ANALOG SIGNAL 1200 Hz 2200 Hz 1 0 AVERAGE CURRENT CHANGE DURING COMMUNICATION 0 A6174 IL Figure A 1 HART Frequency Shift Keying Technique HART Communication The HART Highway Addressable R emote Transducer protocol gives field devices the capability of communicating instrument and process data digitally This digital communication occurs over the same two wire loop that provides the 4 20 mA process control signal without disrupting the process signal In this way the analog process signal with its faster update rate can be used for control At the same time the HART protocol allows access to digital diagnostic maintenance and additional process data The protocol provides total system integration via a host device The HART protocol uses frequency shift keying FSK Two individual frequencies of 1200 and 2200 Hz are superimposed over the 4 20 mA current signal These frequencies
154. ero 4 Record the current shown on the milliammeter 5 Adjustthe resistance of the 1 kilohm potentiometer until the voltage read on the voltmeter is 11 0 volts 6 Record the current shown on the milliammeter 7 f the current recorded in step 6 is the same as that recorded in step 4 0 08 mA the voltage available is adequate 8 Ifthe voltage available is inadequate refer to Wiring Practices in the Installation section December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Table 7 3 Instrument Troubleshooting Symptom 1 Analog input reading at instrument does not match actual current provided Possible Cause Control mode not Analog Action 1 Check the control mode using the Field Communicator If in the Digital or Test mode the instrument receives its set point as a digital signal Control is not based on input current Change Control Mode to Analog 1b Low control system compliance voltage 1b Check system compliance voltage see Wiring Practices in the Installation section 1c Instrument shutdown due to self test failure 1c Check instrument status using the Field Communicator see Viewing Instrument Status in the Viewing Device Information section 1d Analog input sensor not calibrated 1d Calibrate the analog input sensor see Analog Input Calibration in the Calibration section le Current leakage le Excessive moisture in the terminal box can cause curren
155. ert Enable Yes Supply Pressure Alert Enable Yes Supply Pressure Alert Point 19 psi Travel Alert Lo Enable No Lo Point 25 Travel Alert Hi Enable No Hi Point 12596 Travel Alerts Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable No Lo Lo Point 25 4 Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable No Hi Hi Point 125960 Deadband 596 continued on next page December 2008 Detailed Setup Table 4 1 Factory Default Detailed S etup P arameters continued Default Setup Parameter Setting Shutdown Activated Yes Electronic Alerts Power Starvation Alert Enable No Non Critical NVM Alert Enable No Instrument Time Invalid Enable Yes Calibration in Progress Enable No Autocalibration in Progress No Enable Diagnostics in P rogress Enable No ae Diagnostics Data Available Vas Enable Integrator Saturated Hi Enable Yes Integrator Saturated Lo Enable Yes Pressure Control Active Enable Yes Multi Drop Alert Enable No Valve Alerts Enable Yes Failure Alerts Enable Yes Alert Record Misc Alerts Enable No Alert Record Not Empty Enable Yes Alert Record Full Enable Yes 1 The settings listed are for standard factory configuration DVC6000 SIS Series instruments can also be ordered with custom configuration settings For the default custom settings refer to the order requisition 2 If the instrument is shipped mounted on an actuator these values depend upon the actuator on which the instrument is mounted 3 Based on DIP
156. erts and the date and time the alerts were recorded e Clear Record Clears the alert record To clear the alert record all alerts in enabled groups must be inactive Alert Groups 1 2 3 7 5 e Failure Group Enab P ermits enabling the Failure Alert group Table 4 8 lists the alerts included in each of the groups e Valve Group Enab Permits enabling the Valve Alert group Table 4 8 lists the alerts included in each of the groups e Misc Group Enab Permits enabling the Miscellaneous Alert group Table 4 8 lists the alerts included in each of the groups Status 1 2 4 Select Configure Setup Detailed Setup and Status Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to configure the following parameters Instrument Time Calibration and Diagnostics Operational and Integrator e Instrument Time 1 2 4 1 e Inst Time Invalid Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when the Instrument Time Invalid alert is active e Inst Date and Time Permits setting the instrument clock When alerts are stored in the alert record the date and time obtained from the instrument clock that they were stored is also stored in the record The instrument clock uses a 24 hour format Table 4 8 Alerts Included in Alert Groups for Alert R ecord Alert Group Alerts Include in Group Travel Lo Alert Travel Hi Alert Travel Lo Lo Alert Travel Hi Hi Alert Travel Deviation Alert Drive Signal Alert Valve Alerts
157. ess Dev Time 1 Inst Time Invalid Enab 1 2 4 1 Instrument Time 2 Inst Date and Time 1 Calin Progress Enab Calibrations and Diagnostics 1 2 4 2 2 Autocal in Progress Enab 3 Diag in Progress Enab 4 Diag Data Avail Enab 1 2 4 3 Operational I 1 Press Ctrl Active Enab 2 Multi Drop Enab Integrator 1 2 4 4 1 Integrator Sat Hi Enab 2 Integrator Sat Lo Enab 3 Integ Limit 4 Integ DeadZ 7 8 Travel History Alerts 1 2 3 5 1 Cycle Count 2 Cycle Count Tvl Accum Deadband 3 Tvl Accum Alert Record 12 37 1 AlrtRecord Not Empty Enab 2 AlrtRecord Full Enab 3 Display Record 4 Clear Record 5 Alert Groups 1 2 3 7 5 Cycle Count 12354 1 Cycle Count Alrt Enab 2 Cycle Count 3 Cycle Count Alrt Pt 1 2 3 5 2 1 Deadband Tvl Accum 1 Tvl Accum Alrt Enab 2 Tvl Accum 3 Tvl Accum Alrt Pt 1 2 3 5 3 Alert Groups 1 Failure Group Enab 2 Valve Group Enab 3 Misc Group Enab 1 Supply Press Lo Alrt Enab 6 Travel Limit Hi Lo Alerts 7 Trave Limit Cutoff Alerts 6000 SIS Processor Impaired Alerts Offline F ailed Alrt Enab Power Starvation Alrt Enab Non Critical NVM Alrt Enab Critical NVM Shutdown Flash ROM Shutdown No Free Time Shutdown Reference Voltage Shutdown Travel Deviation Alert 1 Tvl Dev Alrt Enab 2 Tvl Dev Alrt Pt 3 Tvl Dev Time 1 2 3 4 4 Travel Li
158. f approximately 9 cm by 12 cm Using the Keypad On Off Key The on off key is used to turn the Field Communicator on and off From the Main Menu select HART Application to run the HART application On startup the HART Application automatically polls for devices If a HART compatible device is found the Field Communicator displays the Online menu For more information on Online and Offline operation see Menu Structure in this section The on off key is disabled while any applications are open making it necessary for you to exit the 375 Main Menu before using the on off key This feature helps to avoid situations where the Field Communicator could be unintentionally turned off while a device s output is fixed or when configuration data has not been sent to a device Navigation Keys Four arrow navigation keys allow you to move through the menu structure of the application P ress the right arrow 23 navigation key to navigate further into the menu Enter Key The enter key allows you perform the highlighted item or to complete an editing action For example if you highlight the Cancel button and then push the enter key you will cancel out of that particular window The enter key does not navigate you through the menu structure Tab Key The tab key allows you to move between selectable controls Alphanumeric Keys Figure B 2 shows the alphanumeric keypad Data entry and other options using letters
159. f instrument mode and protection To change an instrument s protection press the Hot key on the Field Communicator and select Protection or from the Online menu select Configure S etup Detailed Setup Mode and Protection and Protection Select the desired level of protection Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to set the protection level 4 6 Table 4 2 Gain Values for P reselected Travel Tuning Sets Tunng Proportional Gain Velocity Gain Sharleen B 2 0 3 0 35 C 4 4 3 0 35 D 4 8 3 0 35 E 5 5 3 0 35 6 2 3 1 35 G 7 9 3 6 34 H 8 4 4 2 31 9 7 4 8 27 J 11 3 5 6 23 K 131 6 0 18 D 15 5 6 0 12 M 18 0 6 0 12 x User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted Expert Response Control 1 2 2 Select Configure S etup Detailed S etup and Response Control Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to configure the following response control parameters Tuning Tvl P ress Control Travel P ressure Control Input Char Input Characteristic Define Custom Char Define Custom Characteristic and Dynamic Response Tuning Travel Tuning 1 2 2 1 1 Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly Tvl Tuning Set 1 2 2 1 1 1 Tvl Tuning Set There are twelve tuning sets to choose fr
160. for the valve During operation the travel target will not exceed this limit There are two travel limits high and low Typically the travel limit low will be used to keep the valve from going completely closed Travel Range Travel in percent of calibrated travel that corresponds to the input range Travel Sensor A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that senses valve stem or shaft movement The travel sensor is mechanically connected to the valve stem or shaft Travel Sensor Motion Establishes motion of the travel sensor While viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft if increasing air pressure to the actuator causes the shaft to rotate clockwise travel sensor motion is CW If increasing air pressure causes the shaft to rotate counterclockwise travel sensor motion is CCW Tuning The adjustment of control terms or parameter values to produce a desired control effect Tuning Set Preset values that identify gain settings for a FIELDVUE instrument The tuning set and supply pressure together determine an instrument s response to input signal changes December 2008 Glossary Watch Dog Timer Zero Power Condition A timer that the microprocessor must rearm The position of the valve when the power to the periodically If the microprocessor is unable to positioner is turned off It is used to reference 096 rearm the timer the instrument goes through travel For Relay and C Port A will be at reset atmosphere pressur
161. for that actuator Tvl Prop Gain Travel P roportional Gain is the proportional gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Tvl Velocity Gain Travel Velocity Gain is the velocity gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Tvl MLFB Gain Travel MLFB Gain is the minor loop feedback gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Tvi Integ Enable Yes or No Enable the integral setting to improve static performance by correcting for error that exists between the travel target and actual travel Travel Integral Control is disabled by default Tvi Integ Gain Travel Integral Gain is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input December 2008 Detailed Setup based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input e Stabilize Optimize Stabilize O ptimize permits you to adjust valve response by changing the digital valve controller tuning If the valve is unstable select Decrease Response to stabilize valve operation This selects the next lower tuning set e g F to E If the valve response is sluggish select Increase Response to make the valve more responsive This selects the next higher tuning set e g F to If after selecting Decrease Response or Increase Res
162. g To connect a remote vent to DVC6020 SIS digital valve controllers Replace the standard mounting bracket key 74 figure 8 2 with the vent away bracket key 74 Install a pipe plug in the ventaway mounting bracket key 74 Mountthe digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section of this manual The vent connection is 3 8 NPT internal At a minimum 12 7 mm 1 2 inch tubing should be used when installing a remote vent to prevent excessive pressure from building up under the cover Electrical Connections Refer to the Installation WARNING at the beginning of this section To avoid personal injury resulting from electrical shock do not exceed the maximum input voltage specified in table 1 2 of this instruction manual or on the product nameplate If the input voltage specified differs do not exceed the lowest specified maximum input voltage December 2008 Select wiring and or cable glands that are rated for the environment of use such as hazardous area ingress protection and temperature Failure to use properly rated wiring and or cable glands can result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion Wiring connections must be in accordance with local regional and national codes for any given hazardous area approval Failure to follow the local regional and national codes could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion To avo
163. g Psupply Double Acting Open 5 psig Psupply pen Closed Psupply 5 psig End Pt Press Control 1 2 2 2 2 e End Pt Control Enab Yes or No End Point Pressure Control allows the digital valve controller to pull back from saturation of the pneumatic output after reaching the travel extreme Rather than having the instrument provide full supply pressure saturation continuously at the travel extreme the digital valve controller switches to an End Point Pressure Control where the output pressure pressure controller set point to the actuator is controlled at a certain value This value is configured through Pressure Set Point Because the digital valve controller is constantly in control and not allowed to reach a dormant or saturated state itis constantly testing its own pneumatic system If there is an output pressure deviation for example the instrument will issue an alert To assure there is an alert when an output pressure deviation occurs set up the alert as described under Pressure Deviation Alert e PST Start Pt Defines the travel stop the valve needs to be at before a partial stroke test can be initiated Also defines the travel stop for end point pressure control Setting this value to Not Configured will disable partial stroke tests and end point pressure control e Press Set Point As part of End Point Pressure Control Pressure Set Pointis the target pressure the positioner controls to wh
164. g to a HART compatible device It contains important information about the connected device The figures in the beginning of this manual show the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller menu structures Displaying the Field Communicator Device Description Revision Device Description DD Revision is the revision number of the Device Description that resides in the Field Communicator It defines how the Field B 6 Communicator is to interact with the user and instrument Field Communicators with device description revision 1 are used with DVC6000 SIS Series instruments with firmware revision 7 You can display the device description revision when the Field Communicator is Offline or Online Offline To see the Field Communicator device description revision number from the main menu select Utility Simulation Fisher Controls and DVC6000 Online To see the Field Communicator device description revision number connect the Field Communicator to an instrument connected to a source supplying a 4 20 mA signal From the Online menu select Device Variables DD Information December 2008 Loop Schematics Nameplate Appendix C Loop Schematics Nameplates CoA SchenialiCS Leo cobi ee E eb cbe ecu obe ibo obe ebbe 2 CSA sed E ed Ed rad us Po edi vus C 3 5 5 Eo Tb C 4 FM Narmeblates
165. gh to confirm that the valve is working DVC6000 SIS instruments also provide state of the art testing methods which reduce December 2008 Introduction and Specifications testing and maintenance time improve system performance and provide diagnostic capabilities Using a personal computer and ValveLink software AMS Suite Intelligent Device Manager or a 375 Field Communicator you can perform several operations with the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller Y ou can obtain general information concerning software revision level messages tag descriptor and date Diagnostic information is available to aid you when troubleshooting Input and output configuration parameters can be set and the digital valve controller can be calibrated Refer to table 1 1 for details on the capabilities of the DVC6000 SIS Using the HART protocol information from the field can be integrated into control systems or be received on a single loop basis exida Certification exida has certified that the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller when operating in a Safety Instrumented System with a 4 20 mA 0 24 VDC or 0 20 mA input signal from a logic solver meets the requirements of 61508 can be incorporated into Safety Instrumented Function SIF loops that are rated to Safety Integrity Level 3 SIL3 This certification includes relays A and C and stainless steel remote mount and extreme temperature options The LCP 100 local co
166. he requirements of ISA Standard 7 0 01 Filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight w w or volume v v basis Condensation in the air supply should be minimized December 2008 For additional information on air quality refer to the appropriate safety manual e Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions 0 20 mA or 0 24 VDC D103035X012 or e Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions 4 20 mA D103294X012 A 67CFR filter regulator with standard 5 micron filter or equivalent may be used to filter and regulate supply air A filter regulator can be integrally mounted onto the side of the digital valve controller casing mounted separate from the digital valve controller or mounted on the actuator mounting boss Supply and output pressure gauges may be supplied on the digital valve controller The output pressure gauges can be used as an aid for calibration Connect the nearest suitable supply source to the 1 4 NPT IN connection on the filter regulator if furnished or to the 1 4 NPT SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller housing if 67CFR filter regulator is not attached Output Connections A factory mounted digital valve controller has its output piped to the pneumatic input connection on the actuator If
167. he Travel Point Accumulator Deadband 5 A6534 IL Figure 4 4 Travel Accumulator Deadband set at 10 cycle See figure 4 3 You can reset the Cycle Counter by configuring it as zero e Cycle Count Alrt Pt Cycle Counter Alert Point is the value of the Cycle Counter in cycles which when exceeded sets the Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Count Tvl Accum Deadband 1 2 3 5 2 e Deadband Cycle Counter Deadband is the area around the travel reference point in percent 96 of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter This area must be exceeded before a change in travel direction can be counted as a cycle See figure 4 3 Travel Accumulator Deadband is the area around the travel reference point in percent 96 of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the accumulator This area must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated See figure 4 4 Tvl Accum 1 2 3 5 3 e Tvl Accum Enab Yes No Travel Accumulation Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert P oint The Travel Accumulation Alert is set when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point It is cleared after you reset the Travel Accumulation to a value less than the alert point e Tvl Accum Travel Accumulator records the total change in travel in percent 96 of ranged trav
168. hen a switch connected to the Aux terminals is either open or closed The third configuration option is for the Aux terminals to be used with the LCP 100 In this configuration the partial stroke test is initiated using the LCP 100 and the Aux Input alert is not available e Aux Term Mode Aux terminal mode can be Disabled Alert on Open or Close Contact SIS Local Control Panel or Push Button Partial Stroke Test If the LCP 100 is not selected the default is Partial Stroke Test If the LCP 100 is selected during Setup Wizard or enabled in Detailed Setup as Aux Terminal Mode SIS Local Control Panel the following parameters will be automatically set under Travel Alerts Hi Hi Lo Lo Enable YES Lo Lo Point 96 1 Hi Hi Point 96 99 DVC Power Up Manual Reset Supply Press Lo Alert 1 2 3 3 2 e Supply Press Lo Alrt Enab When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with the supply pressure e Supply Press Supply Pressure displays the instrument supply pressure in psi bar kPa or kg cm e Supply Press Lo Alrt Pt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point When the supply pressure falls below the supply pressure alert point the supply pressure alert is active To disable the supply pressure alert set Supply Press Alrt Ptto zero e Travel Alerts 1 2 3 4 e Travel Travel displays the actual position of the valve in percent 96 of calibrated travel 4 16 e Tvl Set Pt
169. hen installing a DVC6035 remote feedback unit Figure 2 8 shows an example of mounting on a quarter turn actuator Refer to figure 2 8 for parts locations Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter turn actuators December 2008 Note While the housing differs on the DVC6035 and the DVC6030 SIS feedback parts are the same 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures Stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 If necessary remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft 3 Ifa positioner plate is required attach the positioner plate to the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 4 If required attach the spacer to the actuator shaft Refer to figure 2 14 The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7 30 or 10 30 Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step Considering the top of the remote travel sensor as the 12 o clock position in the next step attach the travel indicator so thatthe pin is positioned as follows e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the digital valve controllers potentiometer shaft counterclockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument m
170. higher to setup calibrate and diagnose the valve and instrument For information on using ValveLink Software with the instrument refer to the AMS ValveLink Software help or documentation Do not install operate or maintain a DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller without first e being fully trained and qualified in valve actuator and accessory installation operation and maintenance and e carefully reading and understanding the contents of this manual If you have any questions concerning these instructions contact your Emerson Process Management sales office before proceeding Conventions Used in this Manual Procedures that require the use of the 375 Field Communicator have the Field Communicator symbol in the heading procedures that are accessible with the Hot Key on the Field Communicator will also have the Hot Key symbol in the heading Some of the procedures also contain the sequence of numeric keys required to display the desired Field Communicator menu For example to access the Basic Setup menu from the Online menu press 2 selects Configure Setup followed by a 1 selects Basic Setup followed by a second 1 selects Setup Wizard The key sequence in the procedure heading 1 2 W8308 3 SIS Figure 1 1 FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a Quarter Turn Actuator is shown as 2 1 1 The path required to accomplish various tasks the sequence of steps through the F
171. ibration data You can also edit the saved data You upload setup and calibration data from the Online menu This requires that the Field Communicator be connected to a digital valve controller powered by a 4 to 20 mA source To save data from any Online menu select the SAVE key Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator to save the data to the Internal Flash or the Configuration EM and name the saved data Once the data is saved the SAVE key disappears until you change the data in the instrument Downloading the saved data requires that you first mark the configurable variables you wish to download the default is all variables unmarked To do this from the Offline menu select Saved Configuration Depending on the location of the saved data select either Internal Flash Contents or Configuration EM Contents Select the name for the saved data From the Saved Configuration menu select E dit From the Edit menu you can mark all configurable variables for download unmark all configurable variables so none are downloaded edit each variable individually or save your configuration to the internal flash or the optional configuration expansion module The following briefly describes each item on the menu For more information see the User s Manual for the 375 Field Communicator 00375 0047 0001 e Mark All flags all configurable variables to be sent to a HART compatible device Configurable December 2008 375 Field Communicator B
172. ications Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure 5 5 for single acting direct operation December 2008 ADJ USTMENT DISC Calibration LOW BLEED RELAY DOES NOT HAVE BLEED HOLES FOR SINGLE ACTING DIRECT RELAYS ROTATE ADJ USTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION UNTIL IT CONTACTS THE BEAM FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJ USTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJ USTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE Figure 5 5 Location of Relay Adjustment Shroud Removed for Clarity Single Acting Relays If the unused port is monitoring pressure ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7 0 01 and does not exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control Single Acting Direct Relay The single acting direct relay is designated by Relay C on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay C requires no adjustment December 2008 Single Acting Reverse Relay The single acting reverse relay is designated by Relay B on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay B is calibrated at the factory and requires no further adjustment Restoring Factory Settings 1 3 4 From the Online menu select Configure Setup then select Calibrate and Restore Factory Settings Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to restore
173. id lights Travel Limit Cutoff Alerts 1 2 3 4 7 e Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Pt Travel Alert Low Low Point e Limit Cutoff Hi Enab Yes or No is the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged Travel Limit Cutoff Hi Alert Enable activates the travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Travel Limit C utoff Hi alert Lo Lo alert When used with the LCP 100 local control panel the value is setto 196 e Limit Cutoff Lo Alrt Enab Y es or No Travel Limit Cutoff Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Limit Hi Lo Alerts 1 2 3 4 6 Travel Limit Cutoff Lo alert Travel Alert Hi is set if the ranged travel rises e Tvl Press Cut Hi Travel Cutoff Hi defines the above the alert high point Once the alert is set the high cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel must fall below the alert high point by pre characterized set point the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is cleared See figure 4 2 Pressure Cutoff Hi defines the high cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of pre characterized set Travel Alert Lo is set if the ranged travel falls below point the alert low point Once the alert is set the ranged travel must rise above the alert low point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is cleared e Tvl Press Cut Lo Travel Cutoff Lo defines the low cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of pre characterized set point e Tvl Alrt Hi Enab Yes or No Travel Alert Hi Pressure Cut
174. id personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before removing the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous 2 19 DVC6000 SIS 4 20 mA Loop Connections The digital valve controller is normally powered by a control system output card The use of shielded cable will ensure proper operation in electrically noisy environments To avoid personal injury or property damage from the sudden release of process pressure be sure the valve is not controlling the process The valve may move when the source is applied Wire the digital valve controller as follows unless indicated otherwise refer to figures 8 1 through 8 3 for identification of parts 1 Remove the terminal box cap key 4 from the terminal box key 3 2 Bring the field wiring into the terminal box When applicable install conduit using local and national electrical codes which apply to the application 3 Refer to figure 2 19 Connect the control system output card positive wire current output to the LOOP screw terminal in the terminal box Connect the control system output card negative or return wire to the LOOP screw terminal Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion can result from the discharge of static electricity Connect a 14 AWG 2 08 mm ground strap between the digital valve controlle
175. ield Communicator menus is also presented in textual format Menu selections are shown in italics e g Calibrate An overview of the 375 Field Communicator menu structures are shown at the beginning of this manual Description DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers figure 1 1 are communicating microprocessor based current to pneumatic instruments The DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions monitors the health of final control elements and solenoid valves the primary function of the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller is to actuate its pneumatic outputs in response to a demand signal from a logic solver which should move the valve to the configured safe state Using HART communications protocol the digital valve controller allows easy access to information critical to process operation Y ou can gain information from the principal component of the process the control valve itself using the Field Communicator at the valve or at a field junction box or by using a personal computer or operator s console within the control room Using DVC6000 SIS Series instruments permits partial stroking of the valve to minimize the chance of valve failure upon a safety demand and consequently the possibility of catastrophic situations A partial stroke test verifies valve movement with a small ramp to the input This ramp is small enough not to disrupt production but is large enou
176. igital valve controller e The maximum resistance of the potentiometer R pot max must be between 3 9 kOhm and 10 kOhm e The resistance of R1 is 4 25 times greater than R December 2008 Installation e The resistance of R2 is 4 times less than R To avoid personal injury or property damage from an uncontrolled process ensure that the R1 resistor is properly insulated before installing it in the terminal box 1 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap see figure 2 16 2 If necessary install conduit between the two resistor series and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes Route the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units refer to figure 2 22 3 Install the fixed resistor R1 across the unlabeled bottom Terminal and Terminal 1 The bottom terminal does not have a screw The screw on the 30 kOhm terminal can be used R1 must be properly insulated when installed in the terminal box to prevent personal injury or property damage 4 Connect wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the unlabeled bottom Terminal on the base unit and an end lead of the external potentiometer R pot 5 Connectthe second wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the middle lead wiper of the external potentiometer and Terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connectthe third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cab
177. igures 8 6 8 7 and 8 8 23 44 49 Cap Screw hex socket 2 req d 17 19 Wire Retainer pl stl 9 4 17 19 Screw self tapping 2 req d Key 58 131 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 260 261 265 Description Part Number SetScrew hex socket Pipe Plug hex hd 551 17 Retainer Wire Feedback housing Assembly Plate Shield DVC6015 only Terminal bracket17 19 Terminal Strip 17 19 Terminal Cap O ring fluorosilicone 17 Machine Screw pan head 2 req d DVC6015 only Label cover Hex Nut SST 2 req d Nameplate Plug DVC6015 and DVC6035 only Line Conditioner LC340 Line conditioner 39B5416X012 Recommended spare parts 3 Available in the DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS Conversion Kit 17 Available in Feedback Unit Kit 19 Available in Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit December 2008 Parts o 7 ay fo VES 7 e j 1 N T EN Z E 777 570 m 1
178. indicates the operational mode set on the printed wiring board at the factory For information on verifying or changing the switch position In this installation the switch on the digital position refer to Replacing the PWB Assembly and valve controller printed wiring board must be set for Setting the DIP Switch and table 7 2 in the point to point operation To set the digital valve Maintenance section controller control mode in an SIS 4 wire system from the Online menu select Setup Basic Setup and Setup Wizard Installation In a 4 Wire System The Setup Wizard will automatically setup the Figure 2 27 is an example of the digital valve controller instrument for a 4 wire installation based upon the installed in a 4 wire system In this installation two printed wiring board DIP switch setting separate signals are used a 4 20 mA DC signal from the Logic Solver or DCS for the digital valve controller and a 24 VDC signal from the Logic Solver for the solenoid valve Note Using the digital valve controller in a e Note 4 wire system with an ASCO low power solenoid valve EF8316G303 When a solenoid valve operated by an EF8316G 304 EFX8553G305 103594 or independent power supply is used EFX8551G 305 103594 an equivalent pneumatically in series with a low power solenoid valve requires a DVC6000 SIS the power source could separate external air supply for pilot be 24 48 VDC 110 220 VAC etc Power Ensure that the sole
179. ional to an input signal from the control room The following describes a double acting DVC6010 digital valve controller mounted on a piston actuator The input signal is routed into the terminal box through a single twisted pair of wires and then to the printed wiring board assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor processed by a digital algorithm and converted into an analog I P drive signal As the input signal increases the drive signal to the P converter increases increasing the I P output pressure The I P output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule The relay is also connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I P converter The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and provides two output pressures With increasing input 4 to 20 mA signal the output A pressure always increases and the output B pressure decreases The output A pressure is used for double acting and single acting direct applications The output B pressure is used for December 2008 Principle of Operation 4 20 mA INPUT SIGNAL HART AUXILIARY TERMINALS TERMINAL BOX PRINTED VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK WIRING BOARD DRIVE SIGNAL VP CONVERTER PNEUMATIC SUPPLY PRESSURE RELAY VALVE AND ACTUATOR E0408 IL Figure A 3 FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram double acting and single acting reverse applications pressure The stem mo
180. ire valves 4 Using a wrench screw the gauges pipe plugs or tire valves into the module base Terminal Box For DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS and DVC6005 SIS Refer to figures 8 1 through 8 4 for key number locations The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections Note This procedure also applies to the DVC6005 SIS remote terminal box Removing the Terminal Box To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before removing the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous 1 Loosen the set screw key 58 in the cap key 4 so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box 2 After removing the cap key 4 note the location of field wiring connections and disconnectthe field wiring from the terminal box 3 Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 4 Remove the screw key 72 Pull the terminal box assembly straight out of the housing 5 Remove two wire retainers key 44 internal and external to the terminal box 7 8 Replacing the Terminal Box Note Inspect all O rings for wear and replace as necessary 1 Install two wire retainers key 44 internal and external to the terminal box 2 Apply silicone lubricantto the O ring key 35
181. is located on the back of the module base assembly key 2 7 6 BACK OF PWB ASSEMBLY SUB MODULE DIP SWITCH DOWN TERMINAL BOX CONNECTOR TRAVEL SENSOR CONNECTOR Figure 7 4 DIP Switch Location Note If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced calibrate and configure the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 1 Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 2 Remove three screws key 33 3 Lift the PWB assembly key 50 straight out of the module base key 2 4 Ensure that the O rings key 40 remain in the pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly key 2 after the PWB assembly key 50 has been removed Replacing the PWB Assembly and Setting the DIP Switch 1 Apply silicone lubricantto the pressure sensor O rings key 40 and install them on the pressure sensor bosses in the module base assembly 2 Properly orient the PWB assembly key 50 as you install it into the module base The two electrical leads from the 1 converter key 41 must guide into their receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting sensor bosses on the module base must fit into their receptacles in the PWB assembly 3 Push the PWB assembly key 50 into its cavity in the module base 4 Install and tighten three screws key 33 to a torque of
182. is not required Casing Mounted Regulator Use the separate 67CFR filter regulator casing mounting bracket provided with the filter regulator Attach the mounting bracket to the 67CFR and then attach this assembly to the actuator casing Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator The O ring is not required Pressure Connections Note Make pressure connections to the digital valve controller using tubing with at least 3 8 inch diameter Pressure connections are shown in figure 2 16 All pressure connections on the digital valve controller are 1 4 NPT internal connections Use 10 mm 3 8 inch tubing for all pneumatic connections If remote venting is required refer to the vent subsection 2 16 Supply Connections To avoid personal injury and property damage resulting from bursting of parts do not exceed maximum supply pressure Severe personal injury or property damage may occur from an uncontrolled process if the instrument air supply is not clean dry and oil free While use and regular maintenance of a filter that removes particles larger than 40 microns in diameter will suffice in most applications check with an Emerson Process Management field office and industry instrument air quality standards for use with corrosive air or if you are unsure about the proper amount or method of air filtration or filter maintenance Supply pressure must be clean dry air that meets t
183. ise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Counterclockwise For instruments with Relay B If increasing air pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn clockwise enter Counterclockwise SIS Partial Stroke 1 2 7 e PST Enable Yes or No Enables or disables the Partial Stroke Test e PST Vars View Edit Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to enter or view information for following PST Variables Max Travel Movement Maximum Travel Movement Stroke S peed Pause Time PST Press Limit Partial Stroke Pressure Limit PST Mode Enable Partial Stroke Enable Pressure Set Point Pressure Set Point and End Pt Contrl Enab End Point Control Enable For more information on the partial stroke test see Partial Stroke Test in Section 6 Max Travel Movement Defines the maximum displacement of partial stroke test signal from the travel stop Default value is 1096 It may be setto a value between 1 and 3096 in 0 196 increments December 2008 Detailed Setup Table 4 9 Estimates for Partial Stroke Pressure Limits Actuator Style Relay Type PST Starting Point Partial Stroke Pressure Limit o o o p o go gg gg gg gg n s Opn Pmi O025 BenhSetHigh BenchSetLow Closed Pmax 0 25 Bench Set High Bench Set Low
184. ise select Done and go to step 4 4 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel at 0 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation If another adjustment is required repeat step 4 Otherwise select Done and go to step 5 5 From the adjustment menu selectthe direction and size of change required to set the travel to 10096 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation If another adjustment is required repeat step 5 Otherwise select Done and go to step 6 6 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 5096 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 02 and 0 19 respectively to the feedback arm rotation If another adjustment is required repeat step 6 Otherwise select Done and go to step 7 7 From the adjustment menu selectthe direction and size of change required to setthe travel to 096 December 2008 5 5 DVC6000 SIS Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 09 1 0 and 0 19 respectively to the feedback arm rotation for a sliding stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve If another adjustment is requir
185. it attach the scale as described in the control valve and does not include tubing fittings or mounting kit instructions wiring December 2008 2 11 DVC6000 SIS a 2 2 25 Emi 72 282 10C1796 A Doc 2 MOUNTING HOLES 008 6 34 Figure 2 12 FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit with Mounting Bracket R ear View See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model For remote mounted instruments mount the DVC6005 SIS base unit on a 50 8 mm 2 inch pipestand or wall The included bracket is used for either mounting method Wall Mounting Refer to figures 2 12 and 2 13 Drill two holes in the wall using the dimensions shown in figure 2 12 Attach the mounting bracket to the base unit using four spacers and 25 4 mm 1 1 4 20 hex head screws Attach the base unit to the wall using suitable screws or bolts Pipestand Mounting Refer to figure 2 13 Position a standoff on the back of the base unit Using two 101 6 mm 4 inch 1 4 20 hex head screws loosely attach the base unit to the pipestand with the mounting bracket Position the second standoff then using the remaining 101 6 mm 4 inch hex head screws securely fasten the base unit to the pipe stand DVC6015 on Sliding Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm 4
186. ke test may be initiated by the device as a scheduled auto partial stroke test a remote push button located in the field or at the valve the optional LCP 100 local control panel the 375 Field Communicator or ValveLink Software Device Digital Valve Controller The Auto Partial Stroke Test allows the partial stroke test to be scheduled by the DVC6000 SIS The test is scheduled in number of hours between tests Any power cycle will reset the test interval timer 6 5 DVC6000 SIS READY TO RESET PRESS TO PERFORM THE CONFIGURED PARTIAL STROKE TEST Figure 6 1 Local Control Panel Auxiliary Terminal The auxiliary terminal can be used for different applications The default configuration is for a partial stroke test initiated by shorting the contacts wired to the auxiliary 4 terminals of the DVC6000 SIS Refer to Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines below e Local Push Button A partial stroke test command may be sent to the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller using a set of contacts wired to the auxiliary 4 terminals To perform a test the contacts must be closed for 3 to 5 seconds and then opened To abort the test close the contacts for 1 second The last set of diagnostic data is stored in the instrument memory for later retrieval via ValveLink Software Local Control Panel The LCP 100 local control panel is wired directly to the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller 6 6 The b
187. l pressure is less than the Pressure Deviation Alert Point The pressure deviation alert point and deviation alert time are configurable and can be disabled altogether e Press Dev Alrt Pt Pressure Deviation Alert Pointis the alert point for the difference between the pressure target and the actual pressure When the difference exceeds the alert point for more than the Pressure Deviation Time the Pressure Deviation Alert is set After completion of the Setup Wizard or Auto Travel calibration a default value of 2 psi is set This will generate an alert when the actuator pressure is not within 2 psi of the target pressure e Press Dev Time Pressure Deviation Time is the time in seconds that the pressure deviation must exceed the Pressure Deviation Alert P oint before the alert is set The Pressure Deviation Time is set to 30 seconds by default e Alert Record 1 2 3 7 To be recorded an alert must both be enabled for reporting and the group in which it resides must be December 2008 Detailed Setup enabled for recording Table 4 8 lists the alerts included in each of the groups When any alert from an enabled group becomes active active alerts in all enabled groups are stored e Alrt Record Not Empty Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when an alert has been recorded e Alrt Record Full Enab Yes or No When enabled indicates when the Alert Event Record is full e Display Record Displays all recorded al
188. lack Valve Test push button see figure 6 1 allows the valve to perform the configured partial stroke test e Press and hold for 3 to 10 seconds The test can be overridden by the Valve Close button Valve Open button or if an emergency demand occurs Local DI When configured by the user interface the Auxiliary Terminal can be used as a discrete input from a pressure switch temperature switch etc to provide an alert Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines The Auxiliary Input Terminals of a DVC6000 SIS can be used with a locally mounted switch for initiating a partial stroke test Some applications require that the partial stroke test be initiated from a remote location The length for wiring connected to the Auxiliary Input Terminals is limited by capacitance For proper operation of the Auxiliary Input Terminals capacitance should not exceed 18000 pF As with all control signal wiring good wiring practices should be observed to minimize adverse effect of electrical noise on the Aux Switch function Example Calculation Capacitance per foot or per meter is required to calculate the length of wire that may be connected to the Aux switch input The wire should not exceed the capacitance limit of 18000 pF Typically the wire manufacturer supplies a data sheet which provides all of the electrical properties of the wire The pertinent parameter is the highest possible capacitance If shielded wire is used the app
189. le between between a lead on fixed resistor R2 and terminal 3 of the base unit 7 Connectthe available end lead on the potentiometer pot with the available lead on fixed resistor R 2 8 Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Do not connect the shield or drain wire to the two resistor series 9 Replace and tighten the base unit cover Example Using a linear potentiometer rated at 400 Ohms inch on an actuator with 16 of travel Rpot max is 400 Ohms in 16 26 4 kOhm Ry 6 4 kOhm x 4 25 27 2 kOhm R2 6 4 kOhm 4 21 6 kOhm 2 23 DVC6000 SIS Test Connections Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding Test connections inside the terminal box can be used to measure loop current across a 1 ohm resistor 1 Remove the terminal box cap 2 Adjustthe test meter to measure a range of 0 001 to 0 1 volts 3 Connect the positive lead of the test meter to the TEST connection and the negative lead to the TEST connection inside the terminal box 4 Measure Loop current as Voltage on test meter x 1000 milliamps example Test meter Volt
190. lem with either the pressure sensor or the printed wiring board assembly submodule Variable Out of Range This alert is indicated if there is a possible problem with one or more of the following the Analog Input Signal the I P converter submodule the pneumatic relay submodule or the printed wiring board Field device malfunction The alert is indicated if the pressure position or temperature sensors are providing invalid readings e Sensor Ifa sensor alert is active it will appear under SENSOR ALERTS Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert This alert is indicated if the sensed travel is outside the range of 25 0 to 125 0 of calibrated travel If this alert is indicated check the instrument mounting and the travel sensor adjustment Also check that the electrical connection from the travel sensor is properly plugged into the printed wiring board assembly After restarting the instrument if the alert does not clear troubleshoot the printed wiring board assembly or travel sensor Pressure Sensors Pressure Sensor Alert This alert is indicated if the actuator pressure is outside the range of 24 0 to 125 096 of the calibrated pressure for more than 60 seconds If this alert is indicated check the instrument supply pressure If the failure persists ensure the printed wiring board assembly is properly mounted onto the Module Base Assembly and the pressure sensor O rings are properly installed If the alert does not
191. librate menu select Sensor Calibration Press Sensors Pressure Sensors and Supply Sensor Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s supply pressure sensor 1 Selecta Zero Only or b Zero and Span gauge required a If Zero Only calibration is selected adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the instrument Press OK Once calibration is complete go to step 5 b If Zero and Span calibration is selected adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the instrument Press OK Adjust the supply regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure Press OK Proceed with step 2 2 The following message appears Use the ncrease and Decrease selections until the displayed pressure matches the instrument supply pressure Press OK when you have read this message 3 The value of the pressure appears on the display 4 From the adjustment menu selectthe direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3 0 psi 0 207 bar 20 7 kPa 0 30 psi 0 0207 bar 2 07 kP a and 0 03 psi 0 00207 bar 0 207 kPa respectively Adjust the displayed value until it matches the supply pressure select Done and go to step 5 5 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured supply pressure December 2008 Calibration
192. luorosilicone elastomers Humidity Limits 0 to 10096 condensing relative humidity Electrical Classification Hazardous Area lt ntrinsic Safety Explosion proof Division 2 Dust Ignition proof Intrinsic Safety Explosion proof we Non incendive Dust Ignition proof Inspectorate Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for classification certification specific information C 61010 Compliance Requirements Valve Mounted Instruments only Power Source The loop current must be derived from a Separated Extra Low Voltage SELV power Source Environmental Conditions Installation Category I ATEX Intrinsic Safety Flameproof Type n Connections IECEx Intrinsic Safety Flameproof Typen Intrinsic Safety Flameproof Intrinsic S afety Flameproof INMETRO Refer to Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations in Section 2 tables 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 and 1 9 and figures C 1 C2 C3 4 C 5 C 6 7 8 9 10 and C 11 for specific approval information continued December 2008 Supply Pressure 1 4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure 1 4 NPT internal Tubing 3 8 inch metal recommended Vent 3 8 NPT internal Electrical 1 2 NPT internal conduit connection Stem Shaft Travel Linear Actuators with rated travel between 6 35 mm 0 25 inch and 606 mm 23 375 inches Rotary Actuators
193. lure associated with flash ROM read only memory Default is not enabled e No Free Time Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with No Free Time Default is not enabled e Reference Voltage Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with the internal voltage reference Default is not enabled e Sensor Alerts 1 2 3 2 e Tvl Sensor Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with the travel sensor Default is not enabled e Temp Sensor Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with the temperature sensor Default is not enabled e Press Sensor Shutdown When enabled the instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure associated with the pressure sensor Default is not enabled 4 15 DVC6000 SIS e Environment Alerts Aux Terminal Alrt 1 2 3 3 1 e Aux Terminal Enab Y es or No When enabled the aux terminal acts as an alert activation e Aux Input The auxiliary input of the digital valve controller can be configured to be used in different ways The default configuration allows a pre configured partial stroke test to be initiated by shorting the aux terminals together such as with the use of an appropriately connected local pushbutton switch It can also be configured to enable an alert that will be generated w
194. lve is at 5096 travel making very small adjustments Calibration is complete when the Auto Calibration has completed message appears 7 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source If the unit does not calibrate refer to table 5 1 for error messages and possible remedies Manual Travel Calibrate 1 3 1 2 It is recommended that you adjust the relay before manually calibrating travel For additional information refer to Relay Adjustment in this section Note Relay Adjustment is only available for the double acting relay Relay A Two procedures are available to manually calibrate travel e Analog Adjust e Digital Adjust 5 4 Table 5 1 Auto Calibrate Travel Error Messages Error Message Input current must exceed 3 8 mA for calibration Possible Problem and Remedy The analog input signal to the instrument must be greater than 3 8 mA Adjustthe current output from the control system or the current source to provide at least 4 0 mA Place Out Of Service and ensure Calibrate Protection is disabled before calib The Instrument Mode must be Out of Service and the Protection must be None before the instrument can be calibrated For information on changing instrument protection and mode see the beginning of this section Calibration Aborted An end point was not reached The problem may be one or the other of the following 1 The tuni
195. mation on removing instrument protection and changing the instrument mode December 2008 Note In the event of a power failure the DVC6000 SIS automatically restores the device to In Service upon restoration of power This is to provide greater availability of the safety function If power is inadvertently interrupted while performing set up or maintenance you may need to return the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if the interrupted task requires that mode of operation When the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller and sets up the instrument as specified on the order When mounting to a valve in the field the instrument needs to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and actuator Before beginning Basic Setup be sure the instrument is correctly mounted as described in the Installation section Setup Wizard 1 1 1 Note The Setup Wizard must be run for first time installations before placing the DVC6000 SIS in service Use the Setup Wizard in the 375 Field Communicator to setup the digital valve controller for operation in an SIS solution The Setup Wizard automatically sets up the instrument using specified actuator information To access the Setup Wizard from the Online Menu select Configure S etup Basic Setup and Setup Wizard 1 When prompted by the Setup Wizard enter the pressure units psi bar kPa
196. meter perform steps 5 through 17 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 18 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 5 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistance should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 6 Multiply the result in step 5 by 0 142 to geta calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 5680 to 7100 ohms 7 Re range the multimeter to a resistance of 7000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 8 Hold the arm assembly key 91 in a fixed position so that the arm is parallel to the housing back plane and pointing toward the terminal box Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 9 Adjustthe travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 6 100 ohms Note In the next step be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 10 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains within the range listed in step 6 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 11 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor con
197. meters as described in Section 4 See page 4 13 for End Point Pressure Control page 4 16 Travel Deviation Alert Point and Travel Deviation Time and page 4 23 for Partial Stroke Pressure Limit Sensor Calibration Pressure Sensors 1 3 2 1 There are three pressure sensors output A output B and supply Select the appropriate menu depending upon which pressure sensor you are calibrating 5 6 Note The pressure sensors are calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration Output Pressure Sensor Calibration To calibrate the output pressure sensors connect an external reference gauge to the output being calibrated The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure From the Calibrate menu select Sensor Calibration and Press Sensors Pressure Sensors Depending upon the sensor you wish to calibrate select either Output A Sensor or Output B Sensor Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s output pressure sensor 1 Adjustthe supply pressure regulator to the desired supply pressure Press OK 2 Select a Zero only or b Zero and Span gauge required sensor calibration a If Zero only calibration is selected wait until output x pressure has completely exhausted then continue Once calibration is completed go to step 6 The output x pressure corresponds to A or B depending on which output you are calibrating b If Zero and Span c
198. mit Alerts 1 Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Enab 2 Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Enab 3 TvI Alt Hi Hi Pt 4 Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Pt Travel Limit Hi Lo Alerts 1 Tvl Alrt Hi Enab 2 Lo Enab 3 TvI Alrt Hi Pt 4 TvI AlrtLo Pt 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 6 Travel Limit Cutoff Alerts 1 Tvl Limit Cutoff Hi Enab 2 Tvl Limit Cutoff Lo Alrt Enab 3 TvI P ress Cut Hi 4 Tvl Press Cut Lo 1 2 3 4 7 Menu Tree for for 375 Field Communicator Device Description Revision 1 10 11 12 Fast Key Sequence continued DVC6000 SIS Function Variable 22 Function Variable Partial Stroke Test Variables View E dit 1 2 7 2 3 D 3 6 3 5 6 28 emperature Maximum 231 Performance Tuner 12 21 15 8 3 64 zH Polling Address 1 2 5 1 7 6 emperature Minimum 2 3 2 4 F Power Starvation Alert Enable 1 2 3 1 3 2 11 B Temperature Sensor Shutdown 1 2 3 2 2 9 D Pressure A 3 5 1 4 G Temperature Units 1 2 5 2 2 6 G Pressure B 3 5 2 4 G 42 3 3 2 F Pressure Deviation Alert Enable 12 3 62 8 12344 10 D Pressure Deviation Alert Point 1 2 3 6 3 8 F m 1 1 2 3 4 7 3 12 F Pressure Deviation Time 12 3 64 8 1 2 2 2 1 1 9 Pressure Differential 3 5 3 4 G 15 1 2 3 4 7 4 12 Pressure Integral Control Enable 1 2 2 1 3 2 8 8 1 2 2 2
199. mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model The DVC6010 SIS digital valve controller mounts on sliding stem actuators with up to 102 mm 4 inch travel Figure 2 1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm 2 inch travel Figure 2 2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm 2 to 4 inch travel For actuators with greater than 102 mm 4 inch travel see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6020 SIS digital valve controller December 2008 Note Do not use the stainless steel DVC6010S SIS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs spacers to mount to the actuator Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel Where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 1 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment 2 Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector 3 Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve controller housing 2 5 DVC6000 SIS CAP SCREW FLANGED FEEDBA
200. n is run to determine the default value or the partial stroke pressure limit for single acting actuators this will be differential pressure for double acting and pressure set point for End Point Pressure Control When calibration is complete you are asked if you wish to adjustthe relay double acting only Select yes to adjust the relay For additional information refer to Relay Adjustment in the Calibration section December 2008 Basic Setup Table 3 3 Factory Download Default Settings Setup Parameter Default Setting Analog Input Units mA Analog In Range High 20 0 mA Analog In Range Low 2 4 0 mA Control Mode Analog 1 Digital2 Restart Control Mode Analog Digital 2 Lag Time 0 secs Input Characteristic Linear Travel Limit High Travel Limit Low 12596 25 Travel Cutoff High Travel Cutoff Low Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Time Set Point Rate Open Set Point Rate Close Polling Address 50 50 5 0 10 0 seconds 0 5 0 5 Pressure Deviation Alert Pt Pressure Deviation Alert Time 5 0 psi3 30 0 seconds Command 3 Trending Pressure For double acting actuators For single acting actuators differential output pressure actuator pressure Valve Set Point Restart Travel Set Point 2 Self Test Shutdown 2 100 if ZPC Open 0 if ZPC Closed 100 if ZPC Open 0 if ZPC Closed All Failures Disabled 1 Analog mode only DIP switch set t
201. n the cam see figure 2 4 If necessary reposition the cam to attain alignment DVC6030 SIS on Quarter Turn Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model December 2008 Installation Figure 2 8 shows the DVC6030 SIS digital valve controller mounted on a quarter turn actuator Refer to figure 2 8 for parts locations Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter turn actuators Note Due to NAMUR mounting limitations do not use the stainless steel DVC6030S SIS in high vibration service 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 If necessary remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft 3 Ifa positioner plate is required attach the positioner plate to the actuator as described in
202. namic label appears as a function key selection e 5 cancels your entry and takes you back to the menu from which you had selected the current variable or routine Values are not changed e SAVE saves information to the internal flash or the configuration expansion module B 4 Menu Structure The Field Communicator is generally used in two environments offline when not connected to an instrument and online connected to an instrument Offline Operation Selecting HART Application when not connected to a FIELDVUE instrument causes the Field Communicator to display the message No device found at address 0 Poll Selecting Y es or No will bring you to the HART Application menu Three choices are available from this screen Offline Online and Utility The Offline menu allows you to create offline configurations as well as view and change device configurations stored on the 375 Field Communicator The Utility menu allows you to setthe polling option change the number of ignored status messages view the available Device Descriptions perform a simulation and view HART diagnostics Saving Setup and Calibration Data You can upload setup and calibration data from the DVC6000 Series digital valve controller and save it in the Field Communicator Internal Flash or a Configuration Expansion Module F rom the Offline menu you can then download this data to multiple devices so thatthey all contain the same setup and cal
203. nction If the zero power condition equals closed then a set point of 096 corresponds to a ranged input of 096 If the zero power condition equals open a set point of 096 corresponds to a ranged input of 10096 Travel target is the output from the characterization function To select an input characterization select Select Input Char from the Input Char menu You can select from the three fixed input characteristics shown in figure 4 1 or you can selecta custom characteristic Figure 4 1 4 13 1 N 1 N DVC6000 SIS 125 1 100 4 Ranged Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Linear 125 100 Travel Target 25 0 Ranged Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Equal Percentage 0 Ranged Set Point Input Characteristic Quick Opening A6535 1 IL Figure 4 1 Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point for Various Input Characteristics Zero Power Condition Closed 4 14 shows the relationship between the travel target and ranged set pointfor the fixed input characteristics assuming the Zero Power Condition is configured as closed You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic curve Each point defines a travel target in of ranged travel for a corresponding set point in of ranged set point Set point values range from 6 25 to 106 2596 Before modification the custom
204. nector 7 12 BIAS SPRING KEY 82 FEEDBACK 7 ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 84 ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 NOTE INSTALL BIAS SPRING WITH SMALLER DIAMETER HOOK CONNECTED TO ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 AND WITH BOTH HOOK OPENINGS TOWARD CENTER OF BRACKET Figure 7 7 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Bias Spring key 82 Installation 12 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin portion of the arm assembly key 91 13 Position the mounting bracket over the back of the digital valve controller Push the feedback arm assembly key 84 toward the housing and engage the pin of the arm assembly into the slot in the feedback arm 14 Install the mounting bracket key 74 15 Install the bias spring key 82 as shown in figure 7 7 16 For the DVC6020 SIS only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 17 Travel sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator 18 For the DVC6020 SIS only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 19 For both the DVC6020 SIS and the DVC6025 perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section December 2008 M
205. need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model December 2008 mounting on sliding stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches Some long stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss Figures 2 5 and 2 6 show the DVC 6020 SIS mounted on rotary actuators As shown in figure 2 5 two feedback arms are available for the digital valve controller Most long stroke sliding stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm 62 mm DVC6000 SIS 9 MOUNTING ADAPTOR CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET o A MACHINE SCREW 2982094 DOC TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH SHORT FEEDBACK ARM FISHER 1052 SIZE 33 ACTUATOR SHOWN MACHINE SCREW CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET 2981672 DOC CAM TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH LONG FEEDBACK ARM FISHER 1061 SIZE 30 68 ACTUATOR SHOWN Figure 2 5 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Rotary Actuator 2 45 inches from roller to pivot point Installations on Fisher 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the short feedback arm 54 mm 2 13 inches from roller to pivot point Make sure the correct feedback arm is ins
206. ng 8 Pull the travel sensor assembly key 223 straight out of the housing December 2008 DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 2 for DVC6020 SIS and 8 7 for DVC6025 key number locations 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator 3 Disconnect the bias spring key 82 from the feedback arm assembly key 84 and the arm assembly key 91 Remove the mounting bracket key 74 from the back of the digital controller 4 Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft 5 Remove the arm assembly key 91 from the travel sensor assembly key 77 shaft If disassembling a DVC6020 SIS digital valve controller use step 6a If disassembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit use step 6b 6 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 7 b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminal 7 Remove the screw key 72 that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housing 8 Pull the travel sensor assembly key 223 straight out of the housing DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 3 for DVC6030 SIS and 8 8 for DVC6035 key number locations 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator
207. ng key 1 by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing Position the feedback arm so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft December 2008 7 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistance should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 8 Multiply the result in step 7 by 0 042 to geta calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 1680 to 2100 ohms 9 Re range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 10 Adjustthe travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 8 100 ohms Note In the next step be sure the feedback arm outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 11 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains within the range listed in step 8 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 12 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector 13 For the DVC6030 SIS only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as des
208. ng set selected is too low and the valve does not reach an end point in the allotted time Press the Hot Key select Stabilize O ptimize then Increase Response selects next higher tuning set 2 The tuning set selected is too high valve operation is unstable and does not stay atan end point for the allotted time Press the Hot Key select Stabilize O ptimize then Decrease Response selects next lower tuning set Invalid travel value Check travel sensor and feedback arm adjustments and inst supply press Then repeat Auto C alib Prior to receiving this message did the instrument output go from zero to full supply If not verify instrument supply pressure by referring to the specifications in the appropriate actuator instruction manual If supply pressure is correct check instrument pneumatic components I P converter and relay fthe instrument output did go from zero to ull supply prior to receiving this message then verify proper mounting by referring to the appropriate mounting procedure in the nstallation section Verify travel sensor adjustment by performing the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section aking the crossover adjustment with the valve positioned at either end of its travel will also cause this message to appear Analog Calibration Adjust Note Analog Calibration Adjust is only available in 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA systems point to point operation
209. ng with your Emerson Process Management sales office about this equipment always mention the controller serial number When ordering replacement parts refer to the 11 character part number of each required part as found in the following parts list Parts which do not show part numbers are not orderable Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process Management should not under any circumstances be used in any Fisher instrument Use of components not supplied by Emerson Process Management may void your warranty might adversely affect the performance of the valve and could cause personal injury and property damage Note Neither Emerson Emerson Process Management nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection use and maintenance of any product Responsibility for the selection use and maintenance of any product remains with the purchaser and end user Note All part numbers are for both aluminum and stainless steel constructions unless otherwise indicated qo N Note The stainless steel option extreme temperature and remote mount options are available for the DVC 6000 SIS digital valve controller with exida approval Parts Kits Conversion kit 3 listed below provides the parts required to convert a DVC6010 SIS to a DVC6020 SIS or a DVC6015 to a DVC6025 Conversion kit 4 provides the parts r
210. noid valve s supply is dependent on customer selection gasket is in the External specifications Position The use of external piloting when using an EF8316G303 or EF8316G304 The digital valve controller control mode is set to requires the pilot pressure to be at analog When a shutdown condition exists the logic least 15 psig higher than the main line solver or DCS activates the solenoid valve and also pressure cuts the current to the digital valve controller to 0 or 4 mA thus causing the valve to move to its zero travel continued on next page December 2008 2 27 DVC6000 SIS SINGLE ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN LOGIC SOLVER 22222525 VALVE DISC FAILS CLOCKWISE ON LOSS OF AIR 4 20 mA DC NORMALLY VALVE IS FULLY OPEN WITH 20 mA SIGNAL TO DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER PRINTED WIRING BOARD DIP SWITCH SET FOR 24 VNDC OR CUSTOMER SPECIFIED POWER SUPPLY ON PISTON ACTUATOR VENT SUPPLY DVC6000 SIS SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER POINT TO POINT DOWN NOTES 1 4 18 NPT X 3 8 OD TUBING EP ELECTRICAL WIRING 19B6913 B 1986914 0769 1 POSITION Figure 2 27 Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 4 Wire SIS System ASCO EFX8553G 305 103594 or EFX8551G305 103594 low powered solenoid valves with aluminum bodies can be used where the a
211. ntrol panel is covered under this certification as a non interfering device to the safety function TUV Certification TUV has certified that valve mounted DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller hardware when operating in a Safety Instrumented System with a 0 24 volt DC or 0 20 mA DC control signal meets the requirements of IEC 61508 and can be incorporated into Safety Instrumented Function SIF loops that are rated to Safety Integrity Level 3 SIL3 Specifications Refer to table 1 2 for application specifications Incorrect configuration of a positioning instrument could result in the malfunction of the product property damage or personal injury December 2008 Specifications for DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers are shown in table 1 2 Specifications for the Field Communicator can be found in the product manual for the Field Communicator Related Documents Other documents containing information related to DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers for safety instrumented systems include e Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System SIS Solutions Bulletin 62 1 DVC 6000 SIS e DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller Dimensions Bulletin 62 1 DV C6000 S 1 e DVC6000 SIS Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented S ystem SIS Solutions Quick Start Guide D103307X012 e Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital V
212. nts when travel exceeds the deadband Then the greatest amount of change in one direction from the original reference point after the deadband has been exceeded will be added to the Travel Accumulator The value of the Travel Accumulator can be reset from the Travel Accum menu See page 4 18 of the Detailed Setup section for additional information 6 9 DVC6000 SIS Note Do not use the following raw travel input indication for calibrating the travel sensor The following should only be used for a relative indication to be sure the travel sensor is working and that it is moving in the correct direction Perform the Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section to calibrate the travel sensor e Raw Tvl Input Raw travel input indicates the travel sensor position in analog to digital converter counts When the travel sensor is operating correctly this number changes as the valve strokes e Run Time Indicates in hours or days the total elapsed time the instrument has been powered up e Num of Power Ups Number of Power Ups Indicates how many times the instrument has cycled power Device Information 3 7 The Device Information menu is available to view information about the instrument From the Online menu select Device Variables and Device Information Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to view information in the following fields HART Tag Device ID Manufacturer Model Device
213. o Pt Pt 2 Digital mode only DIP switch set to Multi 3 Adjust to bar kPa or kg cm if necessary Note Relay Adjustment is only available for the double acting relay Relay A After instrument setup is completed and you have placed the instrument in service if End Point Pressure Control not enabled you will be prompted to enable it Select yes Refer to Partial Stroke Variables in the Detailed S etup section for more information If after completing auto setup and auto calibration the valve seems slightly unstable or unresponsive you can improve operation by selecting P erformance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu For additional information on using the Performance Tuner to optimize digital valve controller tuning refer to the Performance Tuner information below DVC6000 SIS Performance Tuner 1 1 2 The Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning It can be used with digital valve controllers mounted on most sliding stem and rotary actuators including Fisher and other manufacturers products Moreover because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally 3 6 optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning Typically the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes to tune an instrument although tuning instruments mounted on larger actuators may take longer Access the Performance Tuner by
214. off Lo defines the low cutoff point for Enable activates checking of the ranged travel the travel percent 9 of pre characterized set against the Travel Alert High Point point e Travel History Alerts e Alrt Lo Enab Y es or No Travel Alert Lo Cycle Count 1 2 3 5 1 Enable activates checking of the ranged travel against the Travel Alert Lo Point e Cycle Count Alrt Enab Y es or No Cycle Counter Alert Enable activates checking of the Tvl Alrt Hi Point Travel Alert High Point is difference between the Cycle Counter and the the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged Cycle Counter Alert point The Cycle Counter Alert travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert 5 set when the value exceeds the Cycle Counter High alert Alert point It is cleared after you resetthe Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point e Tvl Alrt Lo Point Travel Alert Low Point is Cycle Count Cycle Counter records the the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged number of times the travel changes direction The travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert change in direction must occur after the deadband Low alert has been exceeded before it can be counted as a December 2008 4 17 DVC6000 SIS Deadband exceeded new Reference Point established 27027777 10 This amount of change is Deadband Reference added to t
215. om Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set B provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Table 4 2 lists the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets In addition you can select User Adjusted or E xpert which allows you to modify tuning of the digital valve controller With User Adjusted you specify the proportional gain an algorithm in the Field Communicator calculates the velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain With Expert you can specify the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain December 2008 Note Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results Stabilize Optimize or Performance Tuner may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning Table 4 4 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher actuators These tuning sets are only recommended starting points After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument you may have to select either a higher or lower tuning set to get the desired response You can use the Performance Tuner to optimize tuning For an actuator not listed in the tables you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume Then in the tables find an actuator with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested
216. ommand There are four burst mode commands Command 3 is recommended for use December 2008 4 5 DVC6000 SIS with the Rosemount Model 333 HART Tri Loop HART to analog signal converter The other three are not used atthis time e Cmd 3 Trending P ress Command 3 provides the following variables Primary variable analog input in 96 or ma Secondary variable travel target in of ranged travel Tertiary variable supply or output pressure in psig bar kPa or kg cm Select Select C md 3 Press from the Burst menu to select if the output A output B differential A B or supply pressure is sent Quaternary variable travel in 95 of ranged travel Protection e Protection When the digital valve controller is in SIS mode and protection is on the instrument cannot be taken Out of Service Protection must be turned off to change the instrument mode To change an instrument s protection press the Hot key on the Field Communicator and select Protection or select Protection from the Detailed Setup menu Two levels of protection are available e None Neither setup nor calibration is protected Allows changing calibration and setup parameters e Config amp Calib Both setup and calibration are protected P rohibits changing calibration and protected setup parameters Table 4 3 lists configurable parameters in the instrument and the requirements for modifying these parameters in terms o
217. on Application Close 24 VDC Close 096 096 Close Less Common Application Open 24 VDC Close 0 0 1 In these configurations the DVC6000 SIS is used as a diagnostic device the safety function is provided by other devices in the pneumatic loop e g a solenoid valve Note The use of a Quick Exhaust Valve QEV is not recommended for safety instrumented system applications The use of a QEV in an SIS application may cause the valve to cycle 11 Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic setup If you select YES for factory default the F ield Communicator sets the setup parameters to the values listed in table 3 3 If you select NO for the factory defaults the setup parameters listed in the table remain at their previous settings Typically the Setup Wizard determines the required setup information based upon the actuator manufacturer and model specified However if you enter other for the actuator manufacturer or the December 2008 actuator model then you will be prompted for setup parameters such as Actuator Style select spring amp diaphragm piston single acting with spring piston double acting with spring Valve Style selectthe valve style rotary or sliding stem On Loss of Instrument Signal valve opens or closes See Zero Power Condition in the Detailed Setup section Feedback Connection select Rot All SS roller or SStem Standard See Feedback Connection in the Detailed Set
218. on Strip Kit GE00419X012 Pipestand Wall Mounting Kit GE00420X012 Severe Service Linkage Kits 21 22 Note metallic parts except coil springs in the corrosion kit and parts that experience rubbing or wear in the wear kit are coated with a proprietary tungsten carbon c C oating orrosion Kit springs w tungsten carbon coating DVC6010 SIS 2 4 inch travel kit contains 10 bias springs w tungsten carbon coating Safety Instrumented System Kits 23 S IS Preventative Maintenance Kits DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS Recommended spare parts DVC6010 SIS 0 25 2 Inch travel GE22667X012 DVC6010 SIS 2 4 Inch travel GE22668X012 DVC6020 SIS short arm GE22670X012 DVC6020 long arm GE22671X012 DVC6030 SIS rotary GE22672X012 DVC6030 SIS linear GE22673X012 DVC6010 SIS 0 25 2 Inch travel GE22674X012 DVC6010 SIS 2 4 Inch travel GE22675X012 DVC6020 SIS short arm GE22676X012 DVC6020 SIS long arm GE22677X012 DVC6030 SIS rotary GE22678X012 DVC6030 SIS linear GE22679X012 Kit Spring DVC6010 SIS 0 25 2 inch travel kit contains 10 bias GE37413X012 GE37414X012 19B4032X012 19B4031X012 DVC6000 SIS Parts List Parts which do not show part numbers are not orderable as individual parts In most cases they are available in one of the parts kits listed under P arts Kits Note Parts with footnote numbers shown are available in parts kits Also see footnote information at the bottom
219. on shown 1 Information only Continued December 2008 189 DVC6000 SIS Table 4 3 Conditions for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters Continued In Service Outof Service Parameters Protected Unprotected Protected Unprotected Relay Type Zero P ower Condition Max Supply P ressure Aux Terminal Mode 5 5 Inst Date and Time Last Calibration Status Valve 6 Actuator Calibration Location 1 ANANS Manufacturer 222 c Valve Serial Number oo Valve Style Actuator Style Feedback Connection Travel Sensor Motion Partial Stroke Test Enable Partial Stroke Press Limit Max Travel Movement Test Speed TestPause Time Auto Test Interval DVC Power Up SIS Partial Stroke 1 indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protection shown 1 Information only Pressure Tuning 1 2 2 1 3 proportional gain pressure integrator gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets In addition you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the pressure proportional gain Changes to the tuning set may cause pressure integrator gain and pressure minor loop the valve actuator assembly to stroke feedback gain Individually setting or changing any To avoid personal injury and property tuning parameter will automatically
220. ondition is configured as open Input Range High corresponds to Travel Range Low See figure 4 5 e Input Range Lo Permits setting the Input Range Low value Input Range Low should correspond to Travel Range Low if the Zero Power Condition is configured as closed If the Zero Power Condition is configured as open Input Range Low corresponds to Travel Range High See figure 4 5 e Relay Type There are three basic categories of relays that result in various combinations from which to select Relay Type The relay type is printed on the label affixed to the relay body A double acting or single acting single acting reverse single acting direct Special App This is used only in single acting applications where the unused output port is configured to read the pressure downstream of a solenoid valve See page 2 18 for additional information Lo Bleed The label affixed to the relay body indicates it is a low bleed version default for SIS tier e Zero Pwr Cond The position of the valve open or closed when the electrical power to the instrument is removed Zero Power Condition ZP C is determined by relay and actuator action as shown in figure 4 6 e Max Supply Press Enter the maximum supply pressure in psi bar kPa or kg cm depending on what was selected for pressure units December 2008 Figure 4 6 Zero Power Condition e Aux Term Mode The auxiliary terminal mode selections are Disabled Ale
221. ors i e the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked B For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates December 2008 Installation clockwise from B to A as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases Note When performing the following steps ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference with the bias spring 7 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin of the adjustment arm As shown in figure 2 3 place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings 8 Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut 9 Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking Tighten the flanged hex nut 10 Remove the alignment pin key 46 and store it in the module base next to the I P assembly 11 After calibrating the instrument attach the shield with two machine screws DVC6025 on Long Stroke 4 to 24 Inch Travel Sliding Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital
222. ou pull the module base out of the housing 4 Pull the module base straight out of the housing key 1 Once clear of the housing swing the module base to the side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies 5 The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies shown in figure 7 1 which connect the module base via the printed wiring board assembly to the travel sensor and the terminal box Disconnect these cable assemblies from the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base 7 4 Replacing the Module Base To replace the module base perform the following steps Refer to figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 for key number locations Note Inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in the housing before installing the module base assembly To avoid affecting performance of the instrument these surfaces must be free of dust dirt scratches and contamination Ensure the module base seal is in good condition Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal 1 Ensure the module base seal key 237 is properly installed in the housing key 1 Ensure the O ring key 12 is in place on the module base assembly 2 Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required 3 Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required 4 Insert the module base key 2 into the h
223. ount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7 30 position as shown in figures 2 10 and 2 14 e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the digital valve controllers potentiometer shaft clockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10 30 position as shown in figures 2 9 and 2 14 Note AMS ValveLink Software and the 375 Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise figure 2 9 and counterclockwise figure 2 10 when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the back of the FIELDVUE instrument December 2008 Installation DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE Figure 2 14 FIELDVUE DVC6035 Travel Indicator Installation 5 Attach the travel indicator to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Attach the mounting bracket to the digital val
224. ousing key 1 5 Install three socket head screws key 38 in the module base into the housing If not already installed press three retaining rings key 154 into the module base Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 16 Nem 138 Ibfein 6 Attach the cover key 43 to the module base assembly 7 For sliding stem applications only install the protective shield onto the side of the replacement module base assembly see figures 2 1 and 2 2 December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Submodule Maintenance For DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS DVC6030 SIS and DVC6005 SIS Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base Reinstall the cover to protect the I P converter and gauges when servicing other submodules In order to maintain accuracy specifications do not strike or drop the I P converter during submodule maintenance The digital valve controller s module base contains the following submodules I P converter PWB assembly and pneumatic relay If problems occur these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new submodules After replacing a submodule the module base may be put back into service Converter Refer to figures 8 1 through 8 4 for key number locations The I P converter key 41 is located on the front of the module base Note After I P converter submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve con
225. ponse the valve travel overshoot is excessive select Decrease Damping to select a damping value that allows more overshoot Select Increase Damping to select a damping value that will decrease the overshoot When finished select done e Performance Tuner The Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning It can be used with digital valve controllers mounted on most sliding stem and rotary actuators including Fisher and other manufacturers products Moreover because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning Typically the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes to tune an instrument although tuning instruments mounted on larger actuators may take longer Integral Settings 1 2 2 1 2 integ DeadZ Integral Dead Zone is window around the P rimary Setpoint in which integral action is disabled This feature is used to eliminate friction induced limit cycles around the Primary Setpoint when the integrator is active The Dead Zone is configurable from 096 to 296 corresponding to a symmetric window from 096 to 2 around the Primary Setpoint Default value is 0 2596 integ Limit The Integral Limit provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100 of the I P drive signal 4 7 DVC6000 SIS Table 4 3 Conditions
226. possible to have the valve throttle between 10 and 90 travel but work as an on off valve between 0 to 1096 and 90 to 100 travel The user now has a standard throttling control valve between 1095 and 90 travel Outside of this range the valve will move to its travel extreme 096 or 100 Note If you run the Setup Wizard after adjusting the Travel Cutoffs they will revert back to the default values You will need to reset the Travel Cutoffs to the desired settings Note The partial stroke test cannot be conducted by the Field Communicator or AMS ValveLink Software while the digital valve controller is in its normal travel control mode with adjustable cutoffs set to a different value than the default 4 12 Using the auxiliary terminal push button for partial stroke testing while the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller is in point to point mode may cause changes in output pressure and travel resulting in process instability Depending on the application these changes may upset the process which may result in personal injury or property damage If the auxiliary terminal button is pressed for more than 3 seconds but less than 5 seconds the digital valve controller will drive the valve from its existing travel position to 100 travel condition for a fail close valve or 096 travel for a fail open valve and perform the partial stroke test Once the partial stroke test is completed the digital valve controller
227. pplication requires zero differential pressure and when the solenoid valve exhaust port is connected to another solenoid valve used as a Selector or diverter For more information refer to the ASCO catalog or contact your Emerson Process Management sales office Installation in a 2 Wire System Figures 2 28 and 2 29 are examples of the digital valve controller installed in a 2 wire system In these installations the logic solver provides a single 24 VDC signal that powers both the digital valve controller and the optional solenoid valve a low power consumption model such as the ASCO EF8316G303 EF 8316G 304 EFX8553G305 103594 or EFX8551G 305 103594 The digital valve controller s control mode is set to digital When a shutdown condition exists the logic solver cuts power to both the digital valve controller and the solenoid valve if connected causing the valve to move to it s zero travel position A Fisher LC340 line conditioner is required to allow HART communications over the segment Alternatively an impedance boosting multiplexer available from MTL Pepperl F uchs Elcon and others may be used eliminating the need fora line conditioner when installed as per figure 2 29 Note Use of a solenoid valve is optional and dependent on stroking speed and other operating conditions December 2008 2 28 NOTES LOGIC SOLVER 24VDC Installation SINGLE ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
228. r and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents Clean with a mild detergent and water only 4 As shown in figure 2 19 two ground terminals are available for connecting a safety ground earth ground or drain wire These ground terminals are 2 20 SAFETY GROUND EARTH GROUND LOOP 39B3399 B Sheet 2 LOOP Figure 2 19 FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Terminal Box electrically identical Make connections to these terminals following national and local codes and plant standards 5 Replace and hand tighten the terminal box cap When the loop is ready for startup apply power to the control system output card Note When the DVC6000 SIS is operating under normal conditions at 4 mA trip condition is 20 mA be sure to apply no less than 4 mA Remote Travel Sensor Connections The DVC6005 SIS base unit is designed to receive travel information via a remote sensor The remote sensor can be any of the following e Emerson Process Management supplied DVC6015 DVC6025 or DVC6035 feedback unit e under traveled 10 kOhm potentiometer used in conjunction with onboard 30 kOhm resistor or A potentiometer used in conjunction with two fixed resistors potentiometer travel is the same as actuator t
229. r of the DVC6000 Auto Reset allows the valve to track the command signal when power is applied to the device Manual Reset will lock the device in its safety position until the digital valve controller is reset Equal Percentage A valve flow characteristic where equal increments of valve stem travel produce equal percentage changes in existing flow One of the input characteristics available for a FIELDVUE digital valve controller See also Linear and Quick O pening Feedback Arm The mechanical connection between the valve stem linkage and the FIELDVUE digital valve controller travel sensor Feedback Connection Identifies the type of feedback linkage rotary sliding stem roller or sliding stem standard December 2008 Feedback Signal Indicates to the instrument the actual position of the valve The travel sensor provides the feedback signal to the instrument printed wiring board assembly A mechanical linkage connects the travel sensor to the valve stem or shaft Firmware Revision The revision number of the instrument firmware Firmware is a program that is entered into the instrument at time of manufacture and cannot be changed by the user Free Time Percent of time that the microprocessor is idle A typical value is 2596 The actual value depends on the number of functions in the instrument that are enabled and on the amount of communication currently in progress Full Ranged Travel Current in mA that corresponds wi
230. ravel December 2008 FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX W8475 SIS GROUND SCREW BASE UNIT W8476 IL FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 3 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 2 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 1 Installation W8477 IL FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 3 W8478 1 IL FEEDBACK UNIT Figure 2 20 Terminal Details for Connecting Base Unit and Feedback Units of Remote Mounted Digital Valve Controllers Note 3 conductor shielded cable 22 AWG minimum wire size is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 15 meters 50 feet maximum without performance degradation Personal injury or property damage caused by wiring failure can result if the feedback wiring connecting the base unit with the remote feedback unit shares a conduit with any other power or signal wiring December 2008 Do not place feedback wiring in the same conduit as other power or signal wiring Using the DVC6015 DVC6025 amp DVC6035 Feedback Unit as a Remote Travel Sensor 1 On the feedback unit remove the housing cap 2 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap see figure 2 16 3 If necessary install conduit between the feedback unit and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes Route
231. re defined in ANSI ISA Standard 51 1 Process Instrument Terminology 1 3 conductor shielded cable 22 AWG minimum wire size is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 15 meters 50 feet maximum without performance degradation 2 The remote mount option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval 3 The pressure temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded 4 Values at i 4 bar 20 psig based on a single acting direct relay values at 5 5 bar 80 psig based on double acting relay 5 Normal m3 hour Normal cubic meters per hour at 0 and 1 01325 bar absolute Scth Standard cubic feet per hour at 60 F and 14 7 psi 6 Typical value Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm 0 75 inch or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees Also not applicable to DVC6020 SIS digital valve controllers in long stroke applications 7 The extreme temperature option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval 8 The stainless steel option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval Table 1 3 Electromagnetic Immunity P erformance Performance Criteria Port Phenomenon Basic Standard Test Level Point to Point Multi drop Mode Mode Electrostatic discharge ESD EC 61000 4 2 iH 2243 AQ Enclosure 1000 4 80 to 100
232. represent the digits 1 and 0 see figure A 1 By superimposing a frequency signal over the 4 20 mA current digital communication is attained The average value of the HART signal is zero therefore no DC value is added to the 4 20 mA signal Thus true simultaneous communication is achieved without interrupting the process signal The HART protocol allows the capability of multi dropping i e networking several devices to a single communications line This process is well suited for monitoring remote applications such as pipelines custody transfer sites and tank farms See table 7 2 for instructions on changing the printed wiring board DIP switch configuration to multi drop Digital Valve Controller Operation The DVC6000 Series digital valve controller housing contains the travel sensor terminal box pneumatic input and output connections and a module base that may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing This master module contains the following submodules 1 A 2 CONTROL SYSTEM A6761 IL Figure A 2 Typical FIELDVUE Instrument to Personal Computer Connections for ValveLink S oftware converter printed wiring board pwb assembly and pneumatic relay The module base can be rebuilt by replacing the submodules See figures A 3 and A 4 Process Applications DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers are loop powered instruments that provide a control valve position proport
233. ring the Setup Wizard or Auto Travel Calibration the Partial Stroke Pressure Limit will be set to a positive value for December 2008 single acting actuators For those actuators that vent from the test starting point the pressure limit will be a minimum value For those actuators that fill from the test starting point the pressure limit will be a maximum value The pressure signal used for this threshold depends on relay type and is summarized below Relay Type Pressure Signal Aorc Port A Port B B Port B Port A B Special App Port B C Special App Port A PST Press Limit double acting actuators During the Setup Wizard or Auto Travel Calibration the PST Press Limit will be set to a negative value for actuators where the Partial Stroke Start Point is opposite of the Zero Power Condition e g Partial Stroke Start Point Open and Zero Power Condition Closed and to a positive valve for actuators where the Partial Stroke Start Point is the same as the Zero Power Condition 4 23 DVC6000 SIS 105 0 a START POINT TIME SEC TIME SEC ACTUAL TRACE FROM TEST TYPICAL 100 ACTUAL TRACE FROM TEST TYPICAL 3 Ne 95 0 5 TEST SPEED o SEC 90 0 5 TEST PAUSE 5 85 0 2 4 o a MINIMUM PRESSURE ul 74 2 o ul a TIME SEC TRAVEL
234. rmware in the instrument e Hardware Rev Hardware Revision is the revision number of the electrical circuitry within the instrument printed wiring board e Inst Level Indicates the instrument level SIS Table 6 2 lists the functions available instrument level SIS e HART Univ Rev HART Universal Revision is the revision number of the HART Universal Commands which are used as the communications protocol for the instrument e DD Information 3 8 DD Information contains the device description in the Field Communicator To access DD Information from the Online menu select Device Variables and DD Information December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Module Base Maintenance Removing the Module Base 7 3 Replacing the Module Base 7 4 Submodule Maintenance I P Converter Removing the I P Converter 7 5 Replacing the I P Converter 7 5 Printed Wiring Board PWB Assembly Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 7 6 Replacing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 7 6 Setting the Printed Wiring Board Switch 7 6 Pneumatic Relay Removing the Pneumatic Relay
235. ropriate number is the Conductor to Other Conductor amp Shield value Example 18AWG Unshielded Audio Control and Instrumentation Cable Manufacturer s specifications include Nom Capacitance Conductor to Conductor 1 KHz 26 pF ft Nom Conductor DC Resistance 20 Deg C 5 96 Ohms 1000 ft Max Operating Voltage UL 200 V RMS PLTC CMG 150 V RMS ITC Allowable Length with this cable 18000pF 26pF ft 692 ft Example 18AWG Shielded Audio Control and Instrumentation Cable Manufacturer s specifications include Nom Characteristic Impedance 29 Ohms Nom Inductance 15 uH ft Nom Capacitance Conductor to Conductor 1 KHz 51 pF ft December 2008 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Nom Cap Cond to other Cond amp Shield 9 1KHz 97 pF ft Allowable Length with this cable 18000pF 97pF ft 185 ft The AUX switch input passes less than 1 mA through the switch contacts and uses less than 5V therefore neither the resistance nor the voltage rating of the cable are critical Ensure that switch contact corrosion is prevented It is generally advisable that the switch have gold plated or sealed contacts 375 Field Communicator 1 Connect 375 Field Communicator to the LOOP terminals on the digital valve controller 2 Turn on the Field Communicator 3 From the Online menu select Device Diagnostics and Partial Stroke Test 4 Select either Standard 10 or Custom With th
236. rt on Open or Close Contact SIS Local Control Panel or Push Button Partial Stroke Test If the LCP 100 is not selected the default is Partial Stroke Test If the LCP 100 is selected during Setup Wizard or enabled in Detailed Setup as Aux Terminal Mode SIS Local Control Panel the following parameters will be automatically set under Travel Alerts Hi Hi Lo Lo Enable YES Lo Lo Point 96 1 Hi Hi Point 96 99 DVC Power Up Manual Reset e Inst Date and Time Date is a user defined variable that provides a place to save the date of the last revision of configuration or calibration information Calib Status and Loc 1 2 5 9 e Last Calib Status Indicates the status of the last instrument calibration e Calib Loc Indicates the location of the last instrument calibration Valve amp Actuator 1 2 6 Select Configure Setup Detailed Setup and Valve amp Actuator Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to configure the following instrument parameters Manufacturer Valve Serial Num Valve Serial Number Valve Style Actuator Style Feedback Conn Feedback Connection and Tvl Sensor Motion Travel Sensor Motion e Manufacturer Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted If the actuator manufacturer is not listed select Other 4 21 DVC6000 SIS TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT 20 30 40 50 5 75 1 142 T 2 LA ARM ADJ USTMENT ARM ACTUATOR ST
237. ruction manual the 15th Section of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment Electric Installation in Hazardous Locations except for coal mine of GB3836 15 2000 standard the Design Code for Electric Power Installation in Explosive and Fire hazardous Environment of GB50058 1992 standard and the S afety Regulations against dust explosion of GB 15577 1995 standard while performing installation operation and maintenance for the product Refer to table 1 8 for additional approval information and figure C 11 for the NEPSI nameplate INMETRO Special Conditions of Safe Use Intrinsic Safety Flameproof Refer to table 1 9 for approval information Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for additional safe use information December 2008 CAP SCREW FLANGED SHIELD ADJ USTMENT ARM CONNECTOR ARM CAP SCREW PLAIN WASHER MACHINE SCREW Installation Figure 2 1 FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding Stem Actuators with up to 2 Inches Travel Mounting DVC6010 SIS on Sliding Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm 4 Inches of Travel If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to
238. s Digital Valve Controller Travel Sensor Counts DVC6010 SIS DVC6015 700 200 DVC6020 SIS DVC6025 2100 200 DVC6030 SIS DVC6035 600 200 Note The alignment pin key 46 is stored inside the digital valve controller housing 3 Loosen the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Position the feedback arm so that the surface of the feedback arm is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 4 Connect a current source to the instrument LOOP and LOOP terminals Set the current source to any value between 4 and 20 mA Connect the Field Communicator to the TALK terminals 5 Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment set the instrument mode to Out Of Service and the protection to None 6 From the Calibrate menu select Sensor Calibration and Tvl Sensor Adjust Travel Sensor Adjust Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5 2 5 8 Note In the next step be sure the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 7 While observing the travel sensor counts tighten the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the travel sensor counts remain within the tolerances listed in table 5 2 Paintthe screw to discourage tampering with the connection 8 Disconnect the Field Communicator and current source from the instrument
239. s Temp Max Maximum Temperature Temp Min Minimum Temperature Run Time and Num of Power Ups Number of Power Ups e Temp Max Maximum Recorded Temperature shows the maximum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Temp Min Minimum Recorded Temperature shows the minimum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Run Time Indicates in hours or days the total elapsed time the instrument has been powered up e Num of Power Ups Number of Power Ups indicates how many times the instrument has cycled power Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output 2 4 From the Online menu select Device Diagnostics and Stroke Valve Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to select from the following Done Ramp Open Ramp Closed Ramp to Target Step to Target and Stop e Done Selectthis if you are done All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected e Ramp Open ramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1 096 per second of the ranged travel e Ramp Closed ramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1 096 per second of the ranged travel e Ramp to Target ramps the travel to the specified target at the rate of 1 096 per second of the ranged travel December 2008 e Step to Target steps the travel to the specified target Partial Stroke Test 2 5 During the partial stroke test the valve will move To avoid personal injury and property dam
240. s 1 Press Sensors 1 Configure Setup 2 1 Alert Conditions 2 Tvl Sensor Adjust 2 Device Diagnostics 2 Status 3 Analog In Calib 3 Device Variables 3 Device Record General 4 Stroke Valve Instrument 12 533 1 HART Tag 5 Partial Stroke Test 1 2 5 1 General 2 Message 2 Units 3 Descriptor 4 Date D Variabl Device Record 3 Analog Input Range T Analog 2 3 1 Temp Max 4 Relay 5 Valve Serial Num 3 2 TviSetPt 2 Temp Min 5 Zero Pwr Cond 6 InstSerial Num 3 Travel 3 Run Time 6 Max Supply Press 7 Polling Address 4 Drive Signal 4 Num of Power Ups 7 Aux Term Mode 5 Pressures 8 Inst Date and Time 6 Variables 9 Calib Status and Loc Tm 7 Device Information HART Applicaton 8 DD Information 2 Online 1 3 Utility Pressures 4 HART Diagnostics 3 5 1 Pressure A Variables Units 1 2 Pressure B 1 Aux Input 1 2 5 2 1 Pressure Units 3 Pressure Diff 2 Temperature 2 Temp Units 4 Supply Press 3 Temp 3 Analog In Units 4 Temp Min 5 Cycle Count Notes Device Information 6 i Accum 1 2 5 3 Analog nange 1 HART Tag 7 Raw Tvl Input gt 2 an Lo 1 1 1 indicates fast key sequence to reach menu 2 Device ID 8 RunTime p 9 3 Manufacturer 9 Num of Power Ups 1 This menu is available by pressing the left 3 7 4 Model 1 2 5 9 Calib Status and Loc arrow key from the previous menu 5 Device Rev 1 Last Calib Status 6 Firmware Rev 2 Calib Loc 7 Hardware Rev 8 Inst Level 9 HART Uni
241. s digital valve controllers on double acting actuators always use relay A When the relay adjustment disc is properly set OUTPUT A will vent to the atmosphere and OUTPUT B will fill to supply pressure when power is removed from the positioner For example to have the actuator stem extend from the cylinder with increasing input current on a vertically mounted sliding stem valve with a piston actuator connect OUTPUT A to the upper actuator cylinder connection and connect OUTPUT B to the lower cylinder connection Figure 2 17 shows a digital valve controller connected to a double acting piston actuator that will extend the stem with increasing input current To have the actuator stem retract into the cylinder with increasing input current connect OUTPUT A to the lower cylinder connection and OUTPUT B to the upper cylinder connection Special Construction to Support Logic Solver Initiated Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring In single acting actuator applications with a solenoid valve installed the DVC6000 SIS can be configured to 2 18 monitor the health of the solenoid valve test which is initiated by the Logic Solver This is accomplished by connecting the unused output port B from the DVC6000 SIS to the pneumatic monitoring line between the solenoid valve and the actuator as shown in figure 2 18 When single acting direct relay C is installed the unused output port is port B When single acting reverse relay B is used the unu
242. s feature is used to eliminate December 2008 4 19 DVC6000 SIS friction induced limit cycles around the P rimary Setpoint when the integrator is active The Dead Zone is configurable from 096 to 296 corresponding to a symmetric window from 0 to 2 around the Primary Setpoint Default value is 0 2596 Instrument 1 2 5 Select Configure Setup Detailed S etup and Instrument Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to configure the following Instrument parameters General Units Analog Input Range Relay Type Zero Pwr Condition Zero Power Condition Max Supply Press Maximum Supply Pressure Aux Term Mode Auxiliary Terminal Mode Inst Date and Time Instrument Date and Time and Calib Status and Loc Calibration Status and Location General 1 2 5 1 e HART Tag Enter an up to 8 character HART tag for the instrument The HART tag is the easiest way to distinguish between instruments in a multi instrument environment Use the HART tag to label instruments electronically according to the requirements of your application The tag you assign is automatically displayed when the F ield Communicator establishes contact with the digital valve controller at power up e Message Enter any message with up to 32 characters Message provides the most specific user defined means for identifying individual instruments in multi instrument environments e Descriptor Enter a descriptor for the application
243. se polling address is not 0 it must be configured to automatically search for all or specific connected devices For information on configuring the Field Communicator for automatic polling see the 375 Field Communicator Basics section e Units 1 2 5 2 e Pressure Units Defines the output and supply pressure units in either psi bar kPa or kg cm e Temp Units Degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius The temperature measured is from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller s printed wiring board Analog In Units Permits defining the Analog Input Units in mA or percent of 4 20 mA range Only for instruments in a 4 20 or 0 20 mA installation point to point operation Analog Input Range 1 2 5 3 e Input Range Hi P ermits setting the Input Range High value Input Range High should correspond to Travel Range High if the Zero December 2008 Detailed Setup RELAY TYPE Single Acting Direct Relay C LOSS OF PNEUMATIC SUPPLY Failure direction per actuator fail mode LOSS OF POWER Instrument goes to zero air out put at port A Double Acting Relay A Instrument goes to full supply air output at port B A goes to zero air output Failure direction cannot be determined Single Acting Reverse Relay B Instrument goes to full supply air output at port B Failure direction per actuator fail mode Power Condition is configured as closed If the Zero Power C
244. se which operating mode you wantthe instrument to be in after a restart Access Restart Control mode by selecting Restart Ctrl Mode from the Mode and Protection menu Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to define the restart control mode as Resume Last Analog or Digital e Burst Mode Enabling burst mode provides continuous communication from the digital valve controller Burst mode applies only to the transmission of burst mode data analog input travel target pressure and travel and does not affect the way other data is accessed Access to information in the instrument is normally obtained through the poll response of HART communication The 375 Field Communicator or the control system may request any of the information that is normally available even while the instrument is in burst mode Between each burst mode transmission sent by the instrument a short pause allows the Field Communicator or control system to initiate a request The instrument receives the request processes the response message and then continues bursting the burst mode data Note Do not use burst mode while using the HART Loop Interface Monitor HIM from Moore Industries with DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers To enable burst mode select Burst Mode and Burst Enable from the Mode and Protection menu Burst Enable Yes or no Burst mode must be enabled before you can change the burst mode command e Burst C
245. sed port is port A Note This application is called special application in the Setup Wizard relay selection This configuration is not possible with a double acting actuator or when using relay A in single acting mode Vent Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover The relay output constantly bleeds supply air into the area under the cover The vent opening at the back of the housing should be left open to prevent pressure buildup under the cover If a remote vent is required the vent line must be as short as possible with a minimum number of bends and elbows To connect a remote vent to DVC6010 SIS and DVC6030 SIS digital valve controllers and DVC6005 SIS base unit remove the plastic vent key 52 figure 8 1 The vent connection is 3 8 NPT internal Ata minimum 12 7 mm 1 2 inch tubing should be used when installing a remote vent to prevent excessive pressure from building up under the cover December 2008 CONTROL SIGNAL 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 24 VDC y CONTROL LINE Installation 24 48 VDC 110 220 VAC etc 7 6000 SIS DIGITAL VALVE WU CONTROLLER WITH RELAY C SUPPLY PRESSURE MONITORING LINE E1048 RAAAA AAA LA 1 VVVVVVVVV SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR Figure 2 18 Pneumatic Hookup for Solenoid Testin
246. selecting Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to optimize digital valve controller tuning December 2008 Detailed Setup E Section 4 Detailed Setup Menu and Quick Key Sequence Tables Front Cover Detailed 5 4 4 Mode and Protection eret e ace dC eoe Vid ate 4 4 Modes ere bad CD eC CE M EU 4 4 Instrument Mode Control Mode Restart Control Mode Burst Mode rst Re rese Ra p E A ws eer IS 4 6 Protection Response Control 2 stin eee wei ee 4 6 ro 4 6 Travel Tuning E OR dep RISK eh 4 6 Travel Tuning Set Travel Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel MLFB Gain Travel Integral Control Enable Travel Integral Gain Stabilize O ptimize Integral Settings i5 i ik Lem eto ats EM 4 7 Integral Dead Zone Integral Limit Pressure Tuning 4 10 Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Integral Control Enable Pressure Integral Gain Travel Pressure 1 2 4 12 Travel Pressure
247. sembly Sudden release of this energy may cause the valve to suddenly open or close resulting in equipment damage While performing the partial stroke test even if the valve sticks the digital valve controller will not fully exhaust or fill the actuator pressure in its attempt to complete the partial stroke Rather the instrument will abort the test and issue an alert It is recommended that the Travel Deviation alert be enabled and configured The Valve Stuck alert will be generated either by the Travel Deviation alert the difference between expected and actual travel exceeds the level defined in the deviation alert or if the actuator pressure reaches the Partial Stroke pressure limit If the Travel Deviation alert is not configured then the Partial Stroke pressure limit will abort the test and cause the Valve Stuck alert If the valve is stuck and only the Travel Deviation alert is enabled without specifying partial stroke pressure limit the Valve Stuck alert will still be generated and the test will be aborted 4 25 DVC6000 SIS 4 26 December 2008 Calibration ug Section 5 Calibration Calibration Overview eR 5 2 Travel Calibration 5 3 Auto Travel Calibrate 5 3 Manual Travel Calibrate 5 4 Analog Calibration
248. sensor requires removing the digital valve controller from the actuator December 2008 Maintenance and Troubleshooting To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before removing the potentiometer in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous Disassembly Note If the feedback arm key 79 or feedback arm assembly key 84 is removed from the digital valve controller the travel sensor key 77 must be recalibrated DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 1 for DVC6010 SIS and 8 6 for DVC6015 key number locations 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Disconnect the adjustment arm from the connector arm and the feedback arm see figures 2 1 and 2 2 3 Remove the instrument from the actuator 4 Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft 5 Remove the feedback arm key 79 from the travel sensor shaft If disassembling a DVC6010 SIS digital valve controller use step 6a If disassembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit use step 6b 6 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminal 7 Remove the screw key 72 that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housi
249. sible Configurations for a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller operated by 4 20 mA Setup Wizard Configuration Operating Conditions Status Monitoring Relay Type ise itg p Input Current Actual Valve Travel ms et Travel Common Application cee 20 mA Open 100 100 Open Less Common Application open 4 mA Open 100 100 Bore Less Common Application Close 4 mA Close 096 096 Close Common Application open 20 mA Close 0 0 Less Common Application Closa 20 MA Open 100 100 open Common Application Open 4 Open 10096 10096 B Common Application Close 4 mA Close 096 096 Close Less Common Application 20 mA Close 096 096 Table 3 2 Possible Configurations for a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller operated by 0 24 VDC Setup Wizard Configuration Operating Conditions Status Monitoring Partial Stroke Zero Power Travel Set Relay Type Start Point Condition Power Supply Actual Valve Travel Point Travel Common Application Close 24 VDC Open 10096 10096 pen Opent Less Common Application pen 24 VDC Open 100 100 AorC Less Common Application 5 1 24 VDC Close 096 096 Common Application Open 24 VDC Close 0 0 Less Common Application Close 24 VDC Open 100 100 Open PTT Openil Common Application 24 VDC Open 100 100 Comm
250. sliding stem applications DVC6025 Feedback unit for rotary or long stroke sliding stem applications DVC6035 Feedback unit for quarter turn rotary applications DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers can be mounted on Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding stem actuators Input Signal Point to Point Analog Input Signal 4 20 mA DC nominal Minimum voltage available at instrument terminals must be 10 5 VDC for analog control 11 VDC for HART communication Minimum Control Current 4 0 mA Minimum Current w o Microprocessor Restart 3 5 mA Maximum Voltage 30 VDC Overcurrent P rotection Input circuitry limits current to prevent internal damage Reverse Polarity Protection No damage occurs from reversal of loop current Multi drop Instrument P ower 11 30 VDC at approximately 8 mA Reverse Polarity Protection No damage occurs from reversal of loop current Output Signal Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator up to 9596 of full supply pressure Minimum Span 0 4 bar 6 psig Maximum Span 9 5 bar 140 psig Action Double Single direct and Single reverse Supply Pressure Recommended 1 7 bar 25 psi or 0 3 bar 5 psi plus the maximum actuator requirements whichever is higher Maximum 10 bar 145 psig or maximum pressure rating of the actuator whichever is lower Medium Air Air Quality Supply pressure must be clean dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7 0 01
251. stment arm 14B5072X132 PTFE Sleeve Kit For pot bushing assembly kit includes 10 sleeves and Lubricant DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS GE08726X012 DVC6030 SIS GE08727X012 Spare Module Base Assembly Kit aluminum kit contains module base key 2 drive screws qty 2 key 11 shield label key 19 hex socket cap screw qty 3 key 38 self tapping screw qty 2 key 49 pipe plug qty 3 key 61 retaining ring qty 3 key 154 screen key 236 and flame arrestors qty 3 key 243 GE18654X012 Spare Housing Assembly Kit aluminum kit contains housing key 1 drive screw qty 2 key 11 shield key 20 and screen key 271 DVC6010 SIS DVC6020 SIS GE18652X012 DVC6030 SIS GE18653X012 DVC6020 SIS Cam Adjustment Tool GE12742X012 Spare Shroud Kit GE29183X012 Remote Mount Kits 16 Remote Terminal Box Kit Standard GE00418X012 17 Feedback Unit DVC6015 49B7986X012 DVC6025 long arm 49B7987X012 DVC6025 Short Arm 49B7987X022 DVC6035 49B7988X012 December 2008 Kit 18 19 20 Parts Description Remote Mount R etrofit Kit Note Part Number This kit converts an existing DVC6000 to the remote mounted version Note that the DVC6030 cannot be converted to the DVC6035 DVC6010 SIS to DVC6005 SIS DVC6015 DVC6015RMTR DVC6010 SIS to DVC6005 515 6035 DVC6035RMTR DVC6020 SIS to DVC6005 SIS DVC6025 short arm DVC6025RMSA DVC6020 SIS to DVC6005 SIS DVC6025 long arm DVC6025RMLA Feedback Unit Terminati
252. switch setting 4 Lo Lo point is 196 when used with LCP 100 5 Hi Hi point is 9996 when used with LCP 100 Note Some changes that require the instrument to be taken Out Of Service will not take effect until the instrument is placed back In Service or the instrument is restarted Control Mode You can change the control mode by selecting Control Mode from the Mode and Protection menu or press the Hot Key and select Control Mode Control Mode lets you define where the instrument reads its set point Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to choose one of the following control modes Analog or Digital Choose Analog control mode if the instrument is to receive its set point over the 4 20 mA loop Normally the instrument control mode is Analog Choose Digital control mode if the instrument is to receive its set point digitally by a 0 24 VDC control signal via the HART communications link A third mode Test is also displayed Normally the instrument should not be in the Test mode The Field Communicator automatically switches to this mode whenever it needs to stroke the valve during calibration or stroke valve for example However if you abort from a procedure where the instrument is in the Test mode it may remain in this mode To take the instrument out of the Test mode select Control Mode then select either Analog or Digital e Restart Ctrl Mode Restart Control Mode lets you choo
253. t Once the alert is set the ranged travel must fall below the alert high high point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is cleared See figure 4 2 Travel Alert Lo Lo is set if the ranged travel falls below the alert low low point Once the alert is set the ranged travel must rise above the alert low low point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is cleared e Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Enab Yes or No Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable activates checking of the ranged travel against the Travel Alert High High points e Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Enab Yes or No Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable activates checking of the ranged travel against the Travel Alert Low Low points e Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Pt Travel Alert High High P oint is the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged December 2008 Detailed Setup Deadband exceeded and direction changed new Reference Point ALERT IS SET established TRAVEL ALERT emo GED amp dun GED GED GD GOOD GO aap GERD HIGH POINT 70 TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND ALERT IS CLEARED Aasai Figure 4 2 Travel Alert Deadband Point at which Deadband Reference cycle is counted Point Y Deadband 4 590 travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert When used with the LCP 100 local 3 ter Deadb tat 1096 control panel this value is defaulted to 9996 9996 travel flashing light gt 99 travel sol
254. t an approximate value for the crossover is written to the instrument and there are no further user interactions with the auto calibration routine go to step 6 Use this selection only as a last resort Default assumes a midrange position on the travel sensor as the crossover point however this may not be an appropriate value to use for crossover because of variations in mounting and travel sensor calibration 2 The instrument seeks the high and low drive points and the minor loop feedback MLFB and output bias December 2008 Calibration ACTUATOR 14277 STEM 0 A ARM A6536 3 IL Figure 5 1 Crossover Point No user interaction is required in this step For a description of these actions see step 6 3 If you select Manual in step 1 you are asked to select an adjustment source either analog or digital If you use a current source to adjust the crossover select Analog and go to step 4 If you wish to adjust the current source digitally select Digital and go to step 5 Note The analog option is not available when the DVC6000 SIS is operated by 0 24 VDC in multi drop mode 4 f you selected Analog as the crossover adjustment source the Field Communicator prompts you to adjust the current source until the feedback arm is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 After you have made the adjustment press OK and go to step 6 5 f you
255. t leakage Typically the current will vary randomly if this is the case Allow the inside of the terminal box to dry then retest 2 Instrument will not communicate 2a Insufficient Voltage Available 2a Calculate Voltage Available see Wiring Practices in the Installation section Voltage Available should be greater than or equal to 11 VDC 2b Controller output Impedance too low 2b Install a HART filter after reviewing Control System Compliance Voltage requirements see Wiring Practices in the Installation section 2c Cable capacitance too high 2c Review maximum cable capacitance limits see Wiring Practices in the Installation section 2d HART filter improperly adjusted 2d Check filter adjustment see the appropriate HART filter instruction manual 2e Improper field wiring 2e Check polarity of wiring and integrity of connections Make sure cable shield is grounded only atthe control system 2f Controller output providing less than 4 mA to loop 2f Check control system minimum output setting which should not be less than 3 8 mA 2g Disconnected loop wiring cable at PWB 2g Verify connectors are plugged in correctly 2h PWB DIP switch not set properly 2h Check for incorrect setting or broken DIP switch on the back of the PWB Reset switch or replace PWB if switch is broken See table 7 2 for switch setting information 2j PWB failure 2j Use a 4 20 mA
256. taining slots to hold relay seal in place 7 3 Position the relay with shroud on the module base Tighten the four screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 2 Nem 20 7 Ibfein 4 Using the Field Communicator verify that the value for Relay Type parameter matches the relay type installed 5 After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type calibrate travel to maintain accuracy specifications Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves Depending on the options ordered the DVC6000 Series digital valve controller will be equipped with either gauges key 47 pipe plugs key 66 or tire valves key 67 Single acting direct instruments will also have a screen key 236 figure 8 5 These are located on the top of the module base next to the relay Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges tire valves or pipe plugs Refer to figures 8 1 through 8 5 for key number locations 1 Remove the front cover key 43 2 Remove the gauge pipe plug or tire valve as follows For gauges key 47 the flats are on the gauge case Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the gauge from the module base For double acting instruments to remove the supply gauge remove one of the output gauges 7 7 DVC6000 SIS For pipe plugs key 66 and tire valves key 67 use a wrench to remove these from the module base 3 Apply anti seize key 64 to the threads of the replacement gauges pipe plugs or t
257. talled on the digital valve controller before beginning the mounting procedure Refer to figures 2 4 2 5 and 2 6 for parts locations Also where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 2 Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 Ifa cam is not already installed on the actuator install the cam as described in the instructions included with the mounting kit For sliding stem actuators the cam is installed on the stem connector 3 If a mounting plate is required fasten the mounting plate to the actuator 4 For applications that require remote venting a pipe away bracket kit is available Follow the instructions included with the kitto replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe away bracket FOLLOWER ARM EXTENSION MACHINE SCREW LOCK WASHER HEX NUT CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET 29B1673 A DOC CAM Figure 2 6 FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller with Long Feedback Arm
258. te Close 1 2 2 5 2 6 C Travel MLFB Gain 1 2 2 1 1 1 4 10 A Set Point Rate Open 1 2 2 5 1 6 C Travel Proportional Gain 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 10 A Setup Wizard 1 1 1 2 B Travel Sensor Adjust 1 3 2 2 4 E 12 Hot 4 1 A Travel Sensor Motion 1 2 6 6 4 D Stabilize O 122 114 8 A Travel Sensor Shutdown 12 3 2 1 9 D Status 2 2 2 F 1 2 3 4 2 10 E Stroke Valve 24 2 F ravel Ser Point 3 2 2 F 3 5 4 4 G Travel Tuning Set 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 10 A Supply Pressure 1 2 3 3 2 2 10 D Travel Velocity Gain 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 10 A Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable 1 2 3 3 2 1 10 D Valve Group Enable 1 2 3 7 5 2 10 G Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point 1 2 3 3 2 3 10 D 1 2 5 1 5 6 Temperature 3 6 2 5 VaVe eal Number 1 2 6 2 4 D Valve Style 1 2 6 3 4 D Zero Power Condition 1 2 5 5 5 F 1 Coordinates are to help locate the item on the foldout menu tree DVC6000 SIS THE FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER IS A CORE COMPONENT OF THE PLANTWEB DIGITAL PLANT ARCHITECTURE THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER POWERS PLANTWEB e nh BY CAPTURING AND DELIVERING VALVE DIAGNOSTIC DATA COUPLED WITH VALVELINK SOFTWARE nt b THE DVC6000 SIS PROVIDES USERS WITH AN ACCURATE PICTURE OF VALVE PERFORMANCE INCLUDING ACTUAL STEM POSITION INSTRUMENT INPUT SIGNAL AND PNEUMATIC PRESSURE TO THE ACTUATOR USING THIS INFORMATION THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSES NOT ONLY ITSELF BUT ALSO THE VALVE AND ACTUATOR TO WHICH IT IS MOUNTED FIELDVUE DV
259. th Auto Calibrate Travel when the feedback connection is SStem Standard Sliding Stem Standard A feedback connection of Rotary All SStem Roller Sliding Stem Roller requires no user interaction and you can start with step 6 Fora SStem Standard feedback connection interaction provides a more accurate crossover adjustment Setting crossover establishes the zero degree point for the geometric correction used to translate the rotary motion observed by the travel sensor into the linear motion of the sliding stem valve When a double acting actuator is used you will be prompted to run the Relay Adjustment when Auto Travel Calibration is selected Select Yes to adjustthe relay Select No to proceed with Auto Travel Calibration For additional information refer to Relay Adjustment in this section Select Auto Tvl Calib from the Calibrate menu then follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically calibrate travel 1 Selectthe method of crossover adjustment manual last value or default Manual is the recommended choice If you select Manual the Field Communicator will prompt you to adjust the crossover in step 3 If you select Last Value the crossover setting currently stored in the instrument is used and there are no further user interactions with the auto calibration routine go to step 6 Use this selection if you cannot use manual such as when you cannot see the valve If you select Defaul
260. th the point where ranged travel is maximum i e limited by the mechanical travel stops Gain The ratio of output change to input change Hardware Revision Revision number of the instrument hardware The physical components of the instrument are defined as the hardware HART acronym The acronym HART stands for Highway Addressable Remote Transducer HART Tag An eight character name that identifies the physical instrument HART Universal Revision Revision number of the HART Universal Commands which are the communications protocol for the instrument Input Characteristic The relationship between the ranged travel and ranged input Possible values include linear equal percentage and quick opening December 2008 Glossary Input Current The current signal from the control system that serves as the analog input to the instrument See also Input Signal Input Range The analog input signal range that corresponds to the travel range Input Signal The current signal from the control system The input signal can be displayed in milliamperes or in percent of ranged input Instrument Level Determines the functions available for the instrument Instrument Mode Determines if the instrument responds to its analog input signal There are two instrument modes In Service For a fully functioning instrument the instrument output changes in response to analog input changes Typically changes to setup or calibration
261. the configured partial stroke test press the Valve Test push button or the push button next to the green light 4 Observe thatthe valve immediately returns to the normal operating position and the green light comes on solid Emergency Demand through the Logic Solver 1 Reduce the current to the DVC6000 to 4 mA for de energize to trip operation 6 8 Note You may remove the power completely however the lights in step 3 will be off Without power to the DVC6000 SIS the LCP100 cannot function 2 Observe that the valve moves to its fail safe state 3 Observe that the red light comes on solid and the amber light stays off valve is not ready to open 4 Press the push button next to the green light and observe that the valve does not move 5 Increase the current to the DVC6000 to 20 mA and observe that the valve remains in its fail safe state 6 Observe that the red light stays on solid and the amber light comes on solid ready to reset 7 Press the push button next to the green light 8 Observe that the green light starts flashing then becomes solid and the red light is off Emergency Demand through Local Control Panel 1 Press the push button next to the red light 2 Observe that the valve moves to it fail safe position 3 Observe that the red light starts flashing then becomes solid and the amber light comes on solid ready to reset 4 Press the push button next to the green light
262. the mounting kit instructions 4 If required attach the spacer to the actuator shaft Refer to figures 2 9 and 2 10 The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7 30 or 10 30 Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step Considering the top of the digital valve controller as the 12 o clock position in the next step attach the travel indicator so that the pin is positioned as follows e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft clockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10 30 position as shown in figure 2 9 e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft counterclockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7 30 position as shown in figure 2 10 2 9 DVC6000 SIS MOUNTING BRACKET FEEDBACK ARM TRAVEL INDICATOR PIN Q 29B1703 A DOC SPACER TRAVEL INDICATOR 1 19B3879 A DOC Figure 2 8 Mounting a FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller on a Rotary Actuator 1032 Size 425A Shown STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY DIGITA
263. the 3 conductor shielded cable between the middle lead wiper of the 10 kOhm potentiometer to Terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connectthe third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between Terminal 3 on the base unit and the other end lead of the 10 kOhm potentiometer 7 Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Do not connect the shield or drain wire to the external potentiometer 8 Replace and tighten the base unit cover Using a Potentiometer with Two Fixed Resistors as a Remote Travel Sensor Perform the following procedure if a potentiometer is used with the same or slightly longer travel than the actuator s travel December 2008 2 22 BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX DVC6005 SIS THREE RESISTOR SERIES Figure 2 22 Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit and a Three Resistor Series Note The potentiometer must be capable of resistance close to 0 Ohms CAUTION To prevent damage to the potentiometer ensure that it is free to travel the entire length of the actuator s travel Note The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device This procedure uses three resistors connected in series two fixed resistors and one potentiometer Three conditions must be met for the resistor combination to correctly operate the d
264. the Online menu select Device Variables and Variables If a value for a variable does not appear on the display selectthe variable and a detailed display of that variable with its value will appear A variable s value does not appear on the menu if the value becomes too large to fit in the allocated space on the display or if the variable requires special processing such as Aux Input e Aux Input The Auxiliary Input is a discrete input that can be used with an independent limit or pressure switch Its value is either open or closed e Temperature The internal temperature of the instrument is displayed in either degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius e Temp Max Maximum Recorded Temperature shows the maximum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Temp Min Minimum Recorded Temperature shows the minimum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Cycle Count Cycle Counter displays the number of times the valve travel has cycled Only changes in direction of the travel after the travel has exceeded the deadband are counted as a cycle Once a new cycle has occurred a new deadband around the lasttravel is set The value of the Cycle Counter can be reset from the Cycle Count Alert menu See page 4 18 of the Detailed Setup section for additional information Tvl Accum Travel Accumulator contains the total change in travel in percent of ranged travel The accumulator only increme
265. the information you have entered on the keypad to the Fisher FIELDVUE instrument s memory Online menu options include B 3 DVC6000 SIS e HotKey Tap the HotKey from any Online window to display the Hot Key menu This menu allows you to quickly e Change the instrument mode e Change the control mode e Change the instrument protection e Change tuning to improve response The Hot Key can also be accessed by enabling the function key and pressing the 3 key on the alphanumeric key pad For details on instrument mode control mode protection tuning sets and other configuration parameters see the Detailed Setup section of this manual e SCRATC HPAD 2 is a text editor that allows you to create open edit and save simple text txt documents e HELP gives you information regarding the display selection e SEND sends the information you have entered to the instrument takes you back to the Online menu e EXIT takes you back to the menu from which you had requested the value of a variable that can only be read e ABORT cancels your entry and takes you back to the menu from which you had selected the current variable or routine Values are not changed e OK takes you to the next menu or instruction screen sends the information you have selected to the instrument or flags the value that is to be sent to the instrument If itis flagged to be sent the SEND dy
266. the instrument when the instrument is connected The voltage measured at the instrument is limited by the instrument and is typically less than the voltage available As shown in figure 2 23 the voltage available at the instrument depends upon e the control system compliance voltage e if a filter or intrinsic safety barrier is used and e the wire type and length The control system compliance voltage is the maximum voltage at the control system output terminals at which the control system can produce maximum loop current The voltage available atthe instrument may be calculated from the following equation Voltage Available Control System Compliance Voltage at maximum current filter voltage drop if a HART filter is used total cable resistance x maximum current barrier resistance x maximum current The calculated voltage available should be greater than or equal to 11 VDC December 2008 Installation TOTAL LOOP CABLE RESISTANCE COMPLIANCE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM HART FILTER VOLTAGE AVAILABLE AT INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIER if used INSTRUMENT Calculate Voltage Available at the Instrument as Example Calculation follows Control system compliance voltage 18 5 volts at 21 05 mA Filter voltage drop if used 1 2 3 volts for HF300 series filter Intrinsic safety barrier resistance if used x maximum loop current 2 55 volts 121 ohms x 0 021
267. ting of the I P converter printed wiring board assembly and pneumatic relay The module base may 7 be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing Removing the Module Base To remove the module base perform the following steps Refer to figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 for key number locations To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts turn off the supply pressure to the digital valve controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the housing 1 For sliding stem applications only a protective shield for the feedback linkage is attached to the side of the module base assembly see figures 2 1 and 2 2 Remove this shield and keep for reuse on the replacement module The replacement module will not have this protective shield 2 Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover key 43 and remove the cover from the module base key 2 3 Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench loosen the three socket head screws key 38 These screws 7 3 DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY HOUSING CABLE TO wars TERMINAL BOX PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY TRAVEL SENSOR Figure 7 1 Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections are Captive in the module base by retaining rings key 154 Note The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies Disconnect these cable assemblies after y
268. tion DVC6000 Series 1 2 Index 2 Descriptor 4 20 Detailed S etup 4 4 Device Information 6 10 Device Record 6 5 Device Revision 6 10 Device Variables 6 9 Digital Calibration Adjust 5 5 DIP Switch 2 27 Setting 7 6 Double Acting Actuators Output Connections 2 18 Drive Signal Displaying Value 6 9 DVC Power Up 4 25 Dynamic Response 4 14 Educational Services 1 7 EF 8316G 303 ASCO solenoid valve 2 27 2 29 2 30 EF 8316G 304 ASCO solenoid valve 2 27 2 29 2 30 EFX8551G 305 103594 ASCO solenoid valve 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 31 EF X8553G 305 103594 ASCO solenoid valve 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 31 Electrical Classification 1 5 Electrical Connections LCP 100 local control panel 2 32 Electromagnetic Immunity Performance 1 6 Electromagnetic Interference 1 4 Emergency Mode Tests Multidrop Mode 6 7 End Point Pressure Control 4 13 End Point Pressure Deviation 6 4 Error Messages Auto Calibrate Travel 5 4 exida Certification 1 3 F Factory Settings Restoring 5 11 Feedback Connection 4 22 Field Communicator Device Description Revision B 6 December 2008 Display B 2 Hot Key B 4 Offline Menu B 4 Online Menu B 6 Online Simulation B 5 Polling B 5 Soft Input Panel Keyboard SIP B 3 Specifications B 2 System Information B 5 Using the Keypad B 2 filter 40 micron 2 16 Firmware Revision 6 10 FM Hazardous Area Classifications 1 5 1 8 Loop Schematics
269. to 400 seconds Deactivate by entering a value of 0 seconds Non Volatile Memory NVM A type of semiconductor memory that retains its contents even though power is disconnected NVM contents can be changed during configuration unlike ROM which can be changed only at time of instrument manufacture NVM stores configuration restart data Parallel Simultaneous said of data transmission on two or more channels atthe same time Polling Address Address of the instrument If the digital valve controller is used in a point to point configuration setthe polling address to 0 If itis used in a multidrop configuration or split range application setthe polling address to a value from 0 to 15 Pressure Sensor A FIELDVUE instrument internal device that senses pneumatic pressure DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers have three pressure sensors one to sense supply pressure and two to sense the output pressures Primary Master Masters are communicating devices A primary master is a communicating device permanently wired to a field instrument Typically a HART compatible control system or a computer running AMS ValveLink Software is the primary master In contrast a secondary master is not often permanently wired to a field instrument The Model 375 Field Communicator or a computer running ValveLink software communicating through a HART modem could be considered a secondary master Note If one type of master takes an instrument
270. to engage 2 Wire length includes both wires in a twisted pair The line conditioner introduces an approximate 2 0 volt drop in the SIS system wiring with a 50 mA load If used with a solenoid valve such as the ASCO EF8316G 303 EF8316G 304 EFX8553G 305 103594 or EFX8551G 305 103594 the guaranteed December 2008 engagement voltage at maximum temperature must be ensured ASCO EF8316 or EF8553 solenoid valves if connected require up to 42 mA to pull in The digital valve controller set for multi drop operation draws approximately 8 mA Based on these conditions table 2 2 lists the maximum loop wire resistance permitted for various logic solver output voltages The table also lists maximum length of wire of various gauges that may be used The line conditioner is intended for installation in a control or marshalling cabinet near the logic solver field wiring terminals In some installations such as shown in figure 2 29 where no solenoid is used an impedance boosting multiplexer may be used in place of a line conditioner The LC340 line conditioner will be needed when a low power solenoid is connected to the same 2 wire loop as the digital valve controller as shown in figure 2 28 2 29 DVC6000 SIS SINGLE ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN LOGIC SOLVER 24VDC LC340 LINE CONDITIONER PISTON ACTUATOR VALVE DISC FAILS CLOCKWISE ON LOSS OF AIR NO
271. to prevent personal injury e If installing into an existing application also refer to the WARNING at the beginning of the Maintenance section of this instruction manual Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents To do so could result in an explosion Clean with a mild detergent and water only Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installations in Hazardous Locations Certain nameplates may carry more than one approval and each approval may have unique installation wiring requirements and or conditions of safe use These special instructions for safe use are in addition to and may override the standard installation procedures Special instructions are listed by approval Failure to follow these conditions of safe use could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion or area re classification December 2008 Installation CSA Special Conditions of Safe Use Intrinsic Safety Explosion proof Division 2 Dust Ignition proof No special conditions for safe use Refer to table 1 4 for approval information figure C 1 and C 2 for CSA loop schematics and figure C 3 for CSA nameplates FM Special Conditions of Safe Use Intrinsic Safety Explosion proof Non incendive Dust Ignition proof No
272. troller to maintain accuracy specifications Replacing the I P Filter A screen the supply port beneath the I P converter serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium To replace this filter perform the following procedure 1 Remove the I P converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Removing the I P Converter procedure 2 Remove the screen key 231 from the supply port 3 Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in figure 7 2 December 2008 O RING LOCATED IN I P CONVERTER OUTPUT PORT SCREEN FILTER LOCATED IN I P CONVERTER SUPPLY PORT W8072 1 Figure 7 2 I P Filter Location 4 Inspect the O ring key 39 in the I P output port if necessary replace it 5 Reinstall the I P converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Replacing the I P Converter procedure Removing the I P Converter 1 Remove the front cover key 43 if not already removed 2 Refer to figure 7 3 Using a 2 5 mm hex socket wrench remove the four socket head screws key 23 that attach the shroud key 169 and I P converter key 41 to the module base key 2 3 Remove the shroud key 169 then pull the I P converter key 41 straight out of the module base key 2 Be careful not to damage the two electrical leads that come out of the base of the I P converter 4 Ensure that the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 stay in the module base and do not come out with the I P con
273. um output the output A pressure and increases the output B during trip condition or vice versa December 2008 A 3 DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX TERMINAL BOX COVER PNEUMATIC RELAY GAUGES TRAVEL SENSOR PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY I P CONVERTER 119329 515 MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY Figure A 4 FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Assembly A 4 December 2008 375 Field Communicator Basics Appendix B 375 Field Communicator Basics Display o soos Using the Keypad On Off Key Navigation Keys Backlight Adjustment Key Function Key Multifunction LED Using the Touch Screen Using the Soft Input Panel Keyboard Menu Structure Offline Saving Setup and Calibration Data eo mets System Information Reviewing Instrument Device Descriptions Online Operation Displaying the Field Communicator Device Description Revision December 2008 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 3 B 3 B 3 B 3 B 3 B 4 B 4 B 4 B 5 B 5 B 5 B 5 B 6 B 6 DVC6000 SIS BLINKING HEART INDICATES N HOT K COMMUNICATION EY HART AND fieldbus WITHAFIELDVUE E
274. umption 1 4 Stroke S peed 4 23 Stroke Valve 6 5 Index 5 Stroking the Output with Field Communicator 6 5 Supply Connections 2 16 Supply Pressure 1 4 Displaying Value 6 9 T Temperature Maximum Recorded Displaying Value 6 9 Minimum Recorded Displaying Value 6 9 Units 4 20 Temperature Limits Operating Ambient 1 5 Terminal Box Parts List 8 5 Removing 7 8 Replacing 7 8 Test Connections 2 24 Third P arty Approvals 2 3 Tier Capabilities 1 2 Travel Displaying Value 6 9 Travel Pressure Control 4 12 Cutoffs 4 12 End Point Pressure Control 4 13 Travel Accumulation Alert Enable 4 18 Travel Accumulator Displaying Value 6 9 Enabling Alert 4 18 Resetting 4 18 Travel Accumulator Alerts 4 18 Travel Cutoff Alerts 4 17 Travel Cutoffs Adjustable 4 12 Travel Deviation Alert 4 16 Travel History Alerts 4 17 travel indicator assembly 2 9 Travel Sensor Adjusting DVC6010 SIS 5 7 DVC6015 5 7 DVC6020 SIS 5 8 DVC6025 5 8 DVC6030 SIS 5 7 DVC6035 5 7 Parts List 8 5 Removing DVC6010 SIS 7 9 DVC6015 7 9 Index 6 DVC6000 SIS DVC6020 SIS 7 9 DVC6025 7 9 DVC6030 SIS 7 9 DVC6035 7 9 Replacing DVC6010 SIS 7 10 DVC6015 7 10 DVC6020 SIS 7 11 DVC6025 7 11 DVC6030 SIS 7 13 DVC6035 7 13 Travel Sensor Adjust 5 7 Travel Sensor Motion 4 22 Travel Target Displaying Value 6 9 Travel Tuning Sets Gain Values 4 6 Troubleshooting 7 14 Tuning 4
275. up section Partial Stroke Start Point selectthe start point for the Partial Stroke Test either Valve Open or Valve Close LCP 100 Local Control Panel indicate if the instrument is connected to an LCP 100 local control panel Travel Sensor Motion increasing air pressure causes the travel sensor shaft to rotate clockwise or counterclockwise The Setup Wizard will ask if it can move the valve to determine travel sensor motion If you answer yes the instrument may stroke the valve the full travel span to determine travel sensor rotation If you answer No then you will have to specify the rotation for increasing air pressure determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft See Travel Sensor Motion in the Detailed Setup section Tuning Set see Tuning Set the Detailed Setup section After choosing the appropriate tuning set a message appears on the display asking if you would like to download factory defaults for Setup Yes is recommended for Initial S etup Refer to table 3 3 for factory download defaults Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0 and 100 calibration points For additional information refer to Auto Calibrate Travel in the Calibration section Once Auto Calibration is complete you will be asked to enter the desired stroke test speed default is 0 25 An additional automatic PST calibratio
276. ure the digital valve controller to your application Table 4 1 lists the default settings for a standard factory configuration Y ou can adjust actuator response setthe various modes alerts ranges travel cutoffs and limits You can also restart the instrument and set the protection Note In the event of a power failure the DVC6000 SIS automatically restores the device to In Service upon restoration of power This is to provide greater availability of the safety function If power is inadvertently interrupted while performing set up or maintenance you may need to return the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if the interrupted task requires that mode of operation Mode and Protection 1 2 1 Mode e Instrument Mode gt You can change the instrument mode by selecting Mode and Protection Instrument Mode from the Detailed Setup menu or press the HotKey and select Instrument Mode Instrument Mode allows you to either take the instrument Out Of Service or place it In Service Taking the instrument Out Of Service allows you to perform instrument calibration and also allows you to change setup variables that affect control provided the calibration configuration protection is properly set See Setting Protection 4 4 Table 4 1 Factory Default Detailed S etup P arameters Setup Parameter Control Mode Default Setting Analog Digital Restart Control Mode Multi drop DIG
277. using conduit connection connection type is identified on nameplate The second method uses loop current to power the LCP 100 This can be accomplished in two ways the wiring going first to the LCP 100 then to the with DVC6000 SIS as shown in in figure 2 31 or with the 2 33 DVC6000 SIS LOOP POWERED LOGIC SOLVER WIRED TO DVC6000 SIS FIRST LOGIC SOLVER lt T OUTPUT 8 20 mA USER SUPPLIED DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX SHIELD NOT CONNECTED TO LCP100 24 gt THE LOGIC SOLVER MINIMUM OUTPUT MUST AT LEAST 8 mA THE LCP100 WHEN NOTE POWERED BY THE LOOP CONSUMES APPROXIMATELY 4 mA GE26881 B Sheet 1 3 1 LCP100 SWITCH TO PROPER POSITION ACCORDING TO LABEL AUX LOOP CASE GROUND Lo d Figure 2 32 Wiring for 8 20 mA Loop P owered Configuration Logic Solver Wired to the FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS then the Fisher LCP 100 wiring going first to the DVC6000 SIS then to the LCP 100 as shown in figure 2 32 However because the LCP 100 consumes energy to drive the lights and microprocessor minimum current signal from the logic solver must be 8 mA If the logic solver cannot provide an output range of 8 20 mA then method one must be used 2 34 Ensure thatthe DIP switch position is properly set for the desired mode
278. ust be abided by when using and maintaining the controller in the field 2 4 6 The values for intrinsically safe parameters of the controller Intrinsically safe type are as follow Ui 30V li 2226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li 2 0 55mH 7 While the controller forms an intrinsically safe explosion protection system together with a corresponding associated equipment safety barrier the following requirements must be met Uo lt Ui lo i Po xPi Co Ci Cc Lo Li Lc Note Where Cc and Lc represent distributing capacitance and inductance of the connecting cable respectively 8 The safety barrier must be placed at safety location and the instruction manuals of both the product and fitted safety barrier must be followed while conducting system wiring and using the product The connecting cable should be a shield cable with the area of core section being greater than 0 5mm and its shield or insulation screen being grounded at a safe location and insulated from the product enclosure The cable should be routed so that the electro magnetic interference can be eliminated as much as possible and that the cable distributing parameters of capacitance and inductance can be controlled within 0 06uF 1mH 9 The user must not be allowed to replace the internal electric components of the product and change the condition of system wiring at will and on his own 10 The user must follow the relevant rules specified by the product inst
279. v Rev 1 2 3 4 5 6 Travel Tuning 1 Tvl Tuning Set 1 Tvl Tuning Set 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 Tvl Prop Gain 2 Enable 3 Tvl Integ Gain 4 Stabilize Optimize 5 Peformance Tuner 1 2 2 1 2 Pressure Tuning 1 Press Tuning Set 3 Tvl Velocity Gain 4 Tvl MLFB Gain Integral Settings 1 Integ DeadZ 2 Integ Limit 1 2 2 1 3 1 1 Press Tuning Set 2 Press Integ Enable 3 Press Integ Gain Tvl Press Cutoffs 1 Tvl Press Cut Hi 2 55 Cut Lo 1 2 2 2 1 End Pt Press Control 1 End PtControl Enab 2 PST Start Pt 3 Press SetPt 4 Press Sat Time 1 2 2 2 2 Electronics Alerts 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 Drive Current Shutdown 2 Drive Signal Alert 3 Processor Impaired Alerts Sensor Alerts 1 2 3 2 1 Tvl Sensor Shutdown 2 Temp Sensor Shutdown 3 Press Sensor Shutdown Enviroment Alerts 1 Aux Terminal Alt __J 2 Supply Press Lo Alrt 2 Press Prop Gain 3 Press MLFB Gain 1 2 3 1 3 Drive Signal Alert 1 Drive Signal Alrt Enab 2 Drive Signal Aux Terminal Alrt 1 Aux Terminal Alrt Enab 2 Aux Input 3 Aux Term Mode Supply Press Lo Alrt 1 2 3 3 2 2 Supply Press 3 Supply Press Lo Alrt Pt Travel Alerts 1 Travel 2 Tvl SetPt 3 Tvl Alrt DB 4 Travel Deviation Alert 1 2 3 4 5 Travel Limit Alerts SIS Alerts 1 2 3 6 1 PST Press Limit 2 Press Dev Alrt Enab 3 Press Dev Alrt Pt 4 Pr
280. ve controller 7 Position the digital valve controller so that the pin on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback arm and the bias spring loads the pin as shown in figure 2 11 Attach the digital valve controller to the actuator or positioner plate 8 If a travel indicator scale is included in the mounting kit attach the scale as described in the mounting kit instructions Mounting the 67CFR Filter Regulator A 67CFR filter regulator when used with the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers can be mounted three ways Integral Mounted Regulator Refer to figure 2 15 Lubricate an O ring and insert it in the recess around the SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller Attach the 67CFR filter regulator to the side of the digital valve controller Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator This is the standard method of mounting the filter regulator 2 15 DVC6000 SIS NOTE W8077 1 SIS gt APPLY LUBRICANT n REGULATOR E Y t CAP SCREWS on O RING lt 1 SUPPLY CONNECTION Figure 2 15 Mounting the Fisher 67CFR Regulator on a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Yoke Mounted Regulator Mountthe filter regulator with 2 cap screws to the pre drilled and tapped holes in the actuator yoke Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator The O ring
281. vel cutoffs high and low Once travel exceeds the cutoff the drive signal is setto either maximum or minimum depending on the aero power condition and if the cutoff is high or low Minimum opening time or minimum closing time are not in effect while the travel is beyond the cutoff Use the travel cutoff to obtain the desired seat load or to be sure the valve is fully open Travel Deviation The difference between the analog input signal in percent of ranged input the target travel and the actual ranged travel Travel Deviation Alert Checks the difference between the target and the ranged travel If the difference exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert P oint for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is active It remains active until the difference is less than the Travel Deviation Alert Point Glossary 6 Travel Deviation Alert Point An adjustable value for the target travel and the ranged travel difference expressed in percent When this value is exceeded by the travel deviation for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is active Valid entries are 096 to 10096 Typically this is set to 596 Travel Deviation Time The time in seconds that the travel deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert P oint before the alert is active Valid entries are 1 to 60 seconds Travel Limit A setup parameter that defines the maximum allowable travel in percent of ranged travel
282. verter key 41 Replacing the I P Converter 1 Refer to figure 7 2 Inspect the condition of the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 in the module base key 2 Replace them if necessary Apply silicone lubricant to the O rings 7 5 DVC6000 SIS SHROUD KEY 169 SOCKET HEAD SCREWS 4 KEY 23 I P CONVERTER KEY UC Bp BOOTS KEY 210 Figure 7 3 I P Converter W9328 1 Table 7 2 DIP S witch Configuration 0 Switch Position UP A Operational Mode Multi drop Loop Point to P oint Loop DOWN 0 Y 1 Referto figure 7 4 for switch location 2 Ensure the two boots key 210 shown in figure 7 3 are properly installed on the electrical leads 3 Install the I P converter key 41 straight into the module base key 2 taking care that the two electrical leads feed into the guides in the module base These guides route the leads to the printed wiring board assembly submodule 4 Install the shroud key 169 over the converter key 41 5 Install the four socket head screws key 23 and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1 6 Nem 14 Ibfein 6 After replacing the I P converter calibrate travel or perform touch up calibration to maintain accuracy specifications PWB Printed Wiring Board Assembly Refer to figures 8 1 through 8 4 for key number locations The PWB assembly key 50
283. ves upward until the correct For single acting actuators unused ports can also be position is attained At this point the printed wiring used to monitor the actuator pressure if any board assembly stabilizes the I P drive signal This accessories are used in the output of the digital valve positions the flapper to prevent any further decrease in controller As shown in figure A 3 the increased output nozzle pressure A pressure causes the actuator stem to move downward Stem position is sensed through the feedback linkage by the travel sensor which is electrically connected to the printed wiring board Safety Instrumented System assembly submodule The stem continues to move Applications downward until the correct stem position is attained NT At this point the printed wiring board assembly The principle of operation of the DVC6000 515 is the stabilizes the I P drive signal This positions the same for safety instrumented system applications as flapper to prevent any further increase in nozzle for process applications However when used in a pressure safety instrumented system application the DVC6000 SIS can be configured for two output positions As the input signal decreases the drive signal to the Depending on relay action direct or reverse the I P converter submodule decreases decreasing the DVC6000 SIS can be configured for full pneumatic I P output pressure The pneumatic relay decreases output during normal operation and minim
284. vices at addresses 1 through 15 2 Ask Before Polling connects to a device at address 0 and if not found asks if you want to poll for devices at addresses 1 through 15 3 Always Poll connects to a device at address 0 and if not found will automatically poll for devices at addresses 1 through 15 4 Digital Poll automatically polls for devices at address 0 through 15 and lists devices found by tag 5 Poll Using Tag asks for a device HART tag and then polls for that device 6 Poll Using Long Tag allows you to enter the long tag of the device Only supported in HART Universal revision 6 devices December 2008 To find individual device addresses use the Digital Poll option to find each connected device in the loop and list them by tag For more information on setting the polling address see the Detailed Setup section System Information To access the Field Communicator system information select Settings from the 375 Main Menu About 375 includes software information about your 375 Field Communicator Licensing can be viewed when you turn on the 375 Field Communicator and in the License settings menu The license setting allows you to view the license on the System Card Memory settings consists of System Card Internal Flash size and Ram size as well as the Expansion Module if installed It allows you to view the total memory storage and available free space Reviewing Instrument Device Des
285. vision 1 GP C D Class Division 2 GP A B C D Class 1 Division 1 GP E F G T6 Tamp 60 4X Class 111 Division 1 Intrinsic Safety Vmax 10 VDC TA Tamb lt 125 C Class Division Imax 4 mA AX Class 1 1 1 Division 1 GP A B C D C 0nF T5 Tamp 95 C E F G per drawing 2983520 Lj 20 mH T6 Tamp lt 80 C Explosion P roof T4 Tamp x 125 C de T5 Tamp 95 C AX Class Division 1 GP B C D T6 Tamp x 80 Class Division 2 GP A B C D T4 Tamp 125 C Class Division 1 GP E F G T5 Tamp lt 95 4 Class 111 Division 1 T6 Tamp lt 80 Educational Services For information on available courses for the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller as well as a variety of other products contact Emerson Process Management Educational Services Registration Box 190 301 S 1st Ave Marshalltown IA 50158 2823 Phone 800 338 8158 or Phone 641 754 3771 FAX 641 754 3431 e mail education emersonprocess com December 2008 1 7 DVC6000 SIS Table 1 5 Hazardous Area Classifications FM United States Certification Enclosure Body Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Rating Intrinsic S afety Vmax 30 VDC Class Division Imax 226 mA Class Division 1 GP A B C D Cjz5nF T5 Tamp 80 4X E F G per drawing 2983427 Lj 20 55 mH DV
286. wer cylinder increases For air to close actuators i e the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked B For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates clockwise from B to A as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases Note When performing the following steps ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference with the bias spring 7 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin of the adjustment arm As shown in figure 2 3 place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings December 2008 Installation CAM ROLLER POSITION MARK R LOCK WASHER a CAP SCREW CAP SCREW HEX D SOCKET E PLAIN WASHER i i ES 2 1 L E STUD CONT 27 B 24 THREAD 1 p o 4 fA ay A A veur 0 Hel MOUNTING PLATE ANE 711774 STUD CONT THREAD s cum HEX NUT A PLAIN WASHER
287. which are available upon request We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice Neither Emerson Emerson Process Management nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection use or maintenance of any product Responsibility for proper selection use and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user Emerson Process Management Marshalltown lowa 50158 USA Sorocaba 18087 Brazil Chatham Kent ME4 4QZ UK Dubai United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www Fisher com Fisher Controls International LLC 2007 2008 All Rights Reserved ey EMERSON Process Management
288. with up to 16 characters The descriptor provides a longer user defined electronic label to assist with more specific instrument identification than is available with the HART tag e Date Enter a date with the format MM DD YY Date is a user defined variable that provides a place to save the date of the last revision of configuration or calibration information e Valve Serial Num Enter the serial number for the valve in the application with up to 12 characters e Inst Serial Num Enter the serial number on the instrument nameplate up to 12 characters e Polling Address If the digital valve controller is used in point to point operation the Polling Address is 0 When several devices are connected 4 20 TRAVEL RANGE SS HIGH ZPC CLOSED CALIBRATED TRAVEL THE SHAPE OF THESE LINES DEPENDS ON THE INPUT CHARACTERISTICS TRAVEL LINEAR CHARACTERISTIC SHOWN RANGE LOW ANALOG INPUT INPUT RANGE mA OF 4 20 mA INPUT RANGE LOW HIGH NOTE ZPC ZERO POWER CONDITION 6531 1 IL Figure 4 5 Calibrated Travel to Analog Input Relationship in the same loop such as for split ranging each device must be assigned a unique polling address The Polling Address is setto a value between 0 and 15 To change the polling address the instrument must be Out Of Service For the Field Communicator to be able to communicate with a device who
289. ws when the commanded current is 4 0 mA and 20 0 mA V 4 0 mA V Q 20 0 mA These values should be around 9 6 V 4 0 mA and 10 3 V 20 mA 15 it possible to communicate via HART to the digital valve controller Yes 2 No What is the Diagnostic Tier of the digital valve controller SIS Whatis the firmware version of the digital valve controller Whatis the hardware version of the digital valve controller 15 the digital valve controller s Instrument Mode In Service Yes No Is the digital valve controllers Control Mode set to Analog Yes 2 10 Is it on Travel Pressure control 11 Whatare the following parameter readings InputSignal Drive Signal 96 Supply Pressure __________ Pressure A Pressure B _________ Travel Target 0 Travel 96 12 Whatare the following alert readings Fail alerts Alert event record entries 13 Export ValveLink data if available for the device Status Monitor Detailed Setup etc Mounting 1 Which DVC6000 SIS do have 010 DVC6020 DVC6030 Remote Mount ____ 2 What Make Brand Style Size etc actuator is the DVC6000 SIS ________________________ 3 Whatis the full travel of the valve 0 4 Whatis the Mounting Kit part number LLLA 5 If mounting kits are made by LBP Customer please provide pictures of installation 6 15 the Mounting kit installed the instructions Yes

Fisher FIELDVUEt DVC6000 SIS Series Digital

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents